sanchayanmaity/minix
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
minix/external/bsd/llvm/dist/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
Lionel Sambuc f4a2713ac8 Importing netbsd clang -- pristine 
Change-Id: Ia40e9ffdf29b5dab2f122f673ff6802a58bc690f
2014-07-28 17:05:57 +02:00

13162 lines
508 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "TreeTransform.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;
/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
/// emitting diagnostics.
bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
// See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
return false;
// See if this is a deleted function.
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (FD->isDeleted())
return false;
// If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
// then we can't use it either.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType() &&
DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/false))
return false;
}
// See if this function is unavailable.
if (D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
return false;
return true;
}
static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
// Warn if this is used but marked unused.
if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
const Decl *DC = cast<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
if (!DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
}
}
static AvailabilityResult DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S,
NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
// See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
std::string Message;
AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
if (Result == AR_Available) {
const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(&Message);
}
const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = 0;
if (Result == AR_Deprecated || Result == AR_Unavailable) {
if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(0);
if (PDeclResult == Result)
ObjCPDecl = PD;
}
}
}
switch (Result) {
case AR_Available:
case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
break;
case AR_Deprecated:
S.EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl);
break;
case AR_Unavailable:
if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) {
if (Message.empty()) {
if (!UnknownObjCClass) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
if (ObjCPDecl)
S.Diag(ObjCPDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute)
<< ObjCPDecl->getDeclName() << 1;
}
else
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message)
<< D->getDeclName();
}
else
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable_message)
<< D->getDeclName() << Message;
S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
<< isa<FunctionDecl>(D) << false;
if (ObjCPDecl)
S.Diag(ObjCPDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute)
<< ObjCPDecl->getDeclName() << 1;
}
break;
}
return Result;
}
/// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
assert(Decl->isDeleted());
CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
// If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
if (!Method->isImplicit())
Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
// Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
// deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, /*Diagnose=*/true);
return;
}
if (CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl)) {
if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCD =
const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(CD->getInheritedConstructor())) {
Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_inherited_deleted_here);
if (BaseCD->isDeleted()) {
NoteDeletedFunction(BaseCD);
} else {
// FIXME: An explanation of why exactly it can't be inherited
// would be nice.
Diag(BaseCD->getLocation(), diag::note_cannot_inherit);
}
return;
}
}
Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
<< 1 << true;
}
/// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
/// explicit storage class.
static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
E = D->redecls_end();
I != E; ++I) {
if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
/// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
///
/// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
/// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
/// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
/// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
/// prove that there are errors.
static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
const NamedDecl *D,
SourceLocation Loc) {
// This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
// contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
// correct but benign.
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return;
// Check if this is an inlined function or method.
FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
if (!Current)
return;
if (!Current->isInlined())
return;
if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
return;
// Check if the decl has internal linkage.
if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
return;
// Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
// (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
// and probably won't be included anywhere else.
// (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
// (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
// This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
// wrappers for simple C library functions.
const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline
: diag::warn_internal_in_extern_inline)
<< /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(),
diag::note_internal_decl_declared_here)
<< D;
}
void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
// Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
<< Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
}
}
/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
///
/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
/// function is being used.
///
/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
/// referenced), false otherwise.
///
bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
// emit them now.
SuppressedDiagnosticsMap::iterator
Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);
// Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
// them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
// entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
// diagnostics again.
Suppressed.clear();
}
}
// See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
<< D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
// See if this is a deleted function.
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (FD->isDeleted()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
return true;
}
// If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
// then we can't use it either.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType() &&
DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
return true;
}
DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
return false;
}
/// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
/// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
/// unavailable.
std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
std::string Message;
if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
return ": " + Message;
return std::string();
}
/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
/// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
/// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
/// satisfied.
void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
if (!attr)
return;
// The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
unsigned numFormalParams;
// The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
// the diagnostic.
enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
calleeType = CT_Method;
} else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
calleeType = CT_Function;
} else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
const FunctionType *fn = 0;
if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
if (!fn) return;
calleeType = CT_Function;
} else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
calleeType = CT_Block;
} else {
return;
}
if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
numFormalParams = proto->getNumArgs();
} else {
numFormalParams = 0;
}
} else {
return;
}
// "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
// effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
// useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
// but the language forces you to have at least one.
unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
// The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
// If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
// the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
return;
}
// Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
if (!sentinelExpr) return;
if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
// Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil' or
// 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
// 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
// variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
= PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
std::string NullValue;
if (calleeType == CT_Method &&
PP.getIdentifierInfo("nil")->hasMacroDefinition())
NullValue = "nil";
else if (PP.getIdentifierInfo("NULL")->hasMacroDefinition())
NullValue = "NULL";
else
NullValue = "(void*) 0";
if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
else
Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
<< int(calleeType)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
}
SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Standard Promotions and Conversions
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
// Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E = result.take();
}
QualType Ty = E->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
if (Ty->isFunctionType())
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
// In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
// an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
// type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
// to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
// that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
// (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
//
// C++ 4.2p1:
// An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
// T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
//
if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
}
return Owned(E);
}
static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
// Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
// and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
// optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
// to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
// only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
!UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
<< UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
}
}
static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
SourceLocation AssignLoc,
const Expr* RHS) {
const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
if (!IV)
return;
DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
return;
const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
if (OIRE->isArrow())
BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = 0;
ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
&& (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
if (RHS) {
NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
&S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
if (ObjectSetClass) {
SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
AssignLoc), ",") <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
}
else
S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
} else {
NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
&S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
if (ObjectGetClass)
S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
else
S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
}
S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
}
}
}
ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
// Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E = result.take();
}
// C++ [conv.lval]p1:
// A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
// converted to a prvalue.
if (!E->isGLValue()) return Owned(E);
QualType T = E->getType();
assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
// We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
// expressions of certain types in C++.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
T->isDependentType() ||
T->isRecordType()))
return Owned(E);
// The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
// DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
// generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
// lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
// 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
if (T->isVoidType())
return Owned(E);
// OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
T->isHalfType()) {
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
<< 0 << T;
return ExprError();
}
CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
&Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
if (ObjectGetClass)
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
else
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
}
else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/0);
// C++ [conv.lval]p1:
// [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
// cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
// rvalue is T.
//
// C99 6.3.2.1p2:
// If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
// version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
// type of the lvalue.
if (T.hasQualifiers())
T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
// Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
// balance that.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
ExprResult Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue,
E, 0, VK_RValue));
// C11 6.3.2.1p2:
// ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
// of the type of the lvalue ...
if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
Res.get(), 0, VK_RValue));
}
return Res;
}
ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.take());
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return Res;
}
/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
/// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
// First, convert to an r-value.
ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Res.take();
QualType Ty = E->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
// Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
return ImpCastExprToType(Res.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
// Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
// promotable type.
if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
// C99 6.3.1.1p2:
//
// The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
// unsigned int may be used:
// - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
// conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
// and unsigned int.
// - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
//
// If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
// value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
// unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
// other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
if (!PTy.isNull()) {
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
return Owned(E);
}
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).take();
return Owned(E);
}
}
return Owned(E);
}
/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
/// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
/// UsualUnaryConversions().
ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
QualType Ty = E->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Res.take();
// If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
// double.
const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float))
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
// C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
// promotion, even on class types, but note:
// C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
// When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
// operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
// referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
// has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
// of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
// is a prvalue for the temporary.
// FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
// potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
E->getExprLoc(),
Owned(E));
if (Temp.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Temp.get();
}
return Owned(E);
}
/// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
/// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
/// when we're in an unevaluated context.
Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
// C++11 [expr.call]p7:
// After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
// enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
// is ill-formed.
//
// Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
// decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
// initializer lists as variadic arguments.
if (Ty->isVoidType())
return VAK_Invalid;
if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
return VAK_Invalid;
return VAK_Valid;
}
if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
return VAK_Valid;
// C++11 [expr.call]p7:
// Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
// having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
// or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
// is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
!Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
!Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
return VAK_Valid;
if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
return VAK_Invalid;
// FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
// permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
return VAK_Undefined;
}
void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
// Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
// Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
switch (VAK) {
case VAK_Valid:
break;
case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
DiagRuntimeBehavior(
E->getLocStart(), 0,
PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
<< E->getType() << CT);
break;
case VAK_Undefined:
DiagRuntimeBehavior(
E->getLocStart(), 0,
PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
<< getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
break;
case VAK_Invalid:
if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
DiagRuntimeBehavior(
E->getLocStart(), 0,
PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
<< Ty << CT);
else
Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
<< isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
break;
}
}
/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
/// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
// Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
(CT == VariadicMethod ||
(FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
// Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
} else {
ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = ExprRes.take();
}
}
ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = ExprRes.take();
// Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
// emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
// Turn this into a trap.
CXXScopeSpec SS;
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
UnqualifiedId Name;
Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
E->getLocStart());
ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
Name, true, false);
if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
E->getLocStart(), None,
E->getLocEnd());
if (Call.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
Call.get(), E);
if (Comma.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return Comma.get();
}
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
return ExprError();
return Owned(E);
}
/// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
///
/// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
/// successfully converted to the complex type.
static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
QualType IntTy,
QualType ComplexTy,
bool SkipCast) {
if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
if (SkipCast) return false;
if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
} else {
assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Takes two complex float types and converts them to the same type.
/// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType
handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType,
bool IsCompAssign) {
int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
if (order < 0) {
// _Complex float -> _Complex double
if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
return RHSType;
}
if (order > 0)
// _Complex float -> _Complex double
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
return LHSType;
}
/// \brief Converts otherExpr to complex float and promotes complexExpr if
/// necessary. Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S,
ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
ExprResult &OtherExpr,
QualType ComplexTy,
QualType OtherTy,
bool ConvertComplexExpr,
bool ConvertOtherExpr) {
int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(ComplexTy, OtherTy);
// If just the complexExpr is complex, the otherExpr needs to be converted,
// and the complexExpr might need to be promoted.
if (order > 0) { // complexExpr is wider
// float -> _Complex double
if (ConvertOtherExpr) {
QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast);
OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
}
return ComplexTy;
}
// otherTy is at least as wide. Find its corresponding complex type.
QualType result = (order == 0 ? ComplexTy :
S.Context.getComplexType(OtherTy));
// double -> _Complex double
if (ConvertOtherExpr)
OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), result,
CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
// _Complex float -> _Complex double
if (ConvertComplexExpr && order < 0)
ComplexExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(ComplexExpr.take(), result,
CK_FloatingComplexCast);
return result;
}
/// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType,
bool IsCompAssign) {
// if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
/*skipCast*/false))
return LHSType;
if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
/*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
return RHSType;
// This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
// When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
// type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
// to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
// The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
// From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
// floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
// real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
// when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
// "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
bool LHSComplexFloat = LHSType->isComplexType();
bool RHSComplexFloat = RHSType->isComplexType();
// If both are complex, just cast to the more precise type.
if (LHSComplexFloat && RHSComplexFloat)
return handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(S, LHS, RHS,
LHSType, RHSType,
IsCompAssign);
// If only one operand is complex, promote it if necessary and convert the
// other operand to complex.
if (LHSComplexFloat)
return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/!IsCompAssign,
/*convertOtherExpr*/ true);
assert(RHSComplexFloat);
return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/true,
/*convertOtherExpr*/ !IsCompAssign);
}
/// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
/// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
ExprResult &IntExpr,
QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
if (ConvertInt)
// Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), FloatTy,
CK_IntegralToFloating);
return FloatTy;
}
// Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
// _Complex int -> _Complex float
if (ConvertInt)
IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), result,
CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
// float -> _Complex float
if (ConvertFloat)
FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.take(), result,
CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
return result;
}
/// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
/// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
// If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
// to the bigger result.
if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
if (order > 0) {
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
return LHSType;
}
assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
return RHSType;
}
if (LHSFloat)
return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
/*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
/*convertInt=*/ true);
assert(RHSFloat);
return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
/*convertInt=*/ true,
/*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
}
typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
namespace {
/// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
/// permit their use as function template parameters.
ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
}
ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
CK_IntegralComplexCast);
}
}
/// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
// The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
// Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
if (order >= 0) {
RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
return LHSType;
} else if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
return RHSType;
} else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
// The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
// signed type, so use the unsigned type
if (RHSSigned) {
RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
return LHSType;
} else if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
return RHSType;
} else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
// The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
// means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
// use the signed type.
if (LHSSigned) {
RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), LHSType);
return LHSType;
} else if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), RHSType);
return RHSType;
} else {
// The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
// but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
// on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
// to the signed type.
QualType result =
S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.take(), result);
if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.take(), result);
return result;
}
}
/// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
/// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType,
bool IsCompAssign) {
const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
QualType ScalarType =
handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
(S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
}
if (LHSComplexInt) {
QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
QualType ScalarType =
handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
(S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), ComplexType,
CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
return ComplexType;
}
assert(RHSComplexInt);
QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
QualType ScalarType =
handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), ComplexType,
CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
return ComplexType;
}
/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
bool IsCompAssign) {
if (!IsCompAssign) {
LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
}
RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
// For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
QualType LHSType =
Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType RHSType =
Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
// For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
// If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
if (LHSType == RHSType)
return LHSType;
// If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
// The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
return QualType();
// Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
// If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
if (LHSType == RHSType)
return LHSType;
// At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
// Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
IsCompAssign);
// Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
IsCompAssign);
// Handle GCC complex int extension.
if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
IsCompAssign);
// Finally, we have two differing integer types.
return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *ControllingExpr,
ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
if (ArgTypes[i])
(void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
else
Types[i] = 0;
}
ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
ControllingExpr,
llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
ArgExprs);
delete [] Types;
return ER;
}
ExprResult
Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *ControllingExpr,
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
if (ControllingExpr->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ControllingExpr);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
ControllingExpr = result.take();
}
bool TypeErrorFound = false,
IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
= ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
if (Types[i]) {
if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
IsResultDependent = true;
} else {
// C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
// complete object type other than a variably modified type."
unsigned D = 0;
if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
if (D != 0) {
Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
<< Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
<< Types[i]->getType();
TypeErrorFound = true;
}
// C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
// selection shall specify compatible types."
for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
Types[j]->getType())) {
Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
<< Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
<< Types[j]->getType()
<< Types[i]->getType();
Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
diag::note_compat_assoc)
<< Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
<< Types[i]->getType();
TypeErrorFound = true;
}
}
}
}
if (TypeErrorFound)
return ExprError();
// If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
// try to compute the result expression.
if (IsResultDependent)
return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
Types, Exprs,
DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack));
SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
if (!Types[i])
DefaultIndex = i;
else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
Types[i]->getType()))
CompatIndices.push_back(i);
}
// C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
// type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
// association list."
if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
// We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
// parenthesized in macro definitions.
ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
<< ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
<< (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
diag::note_compat_assoc)
<< Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
<< Types[*I]->getType();
}
return ExprError();
}
// C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
// its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
// the types named in its generic association list."
if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
// We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
// parenthesized in macro definitions.
ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
<< ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
return ExprError();
}
// C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
// type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
// then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
// in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
// generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
unsigned ResultIndex =
CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
Types, Exprs,
DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
ResultIndex));
}
/// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
/// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
unsigned Offset) {
return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
S.getLangOpts());
}
/// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
/// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
QualType ArgTy[2];
for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
}
DeclarationName OpName =
S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
/*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
/*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
return ExprError();
return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
}
/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
/// string.
///
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
Scope *UDLScope) {
assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
if (Literal.hadError)
return ExprError();
SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
if (Literal.isWide()) {
CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
} else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
} else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
} else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
} else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
}
QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
// A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
CharTyConst.addConst();
// Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
// the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
// strings.
QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
ArrayType::Normal, 0);
// OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
}
// Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
&StringTokLocs[0],
StringTokLocs.size());
if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
return Owned(Lit);
// We're building a user-defined literal.
IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
// Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
if (!UDLScope)
return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
// C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
// operator "" X (str, len)
QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
DeclarationName OpName =
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
QualType ArgTy[] = {
Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
};
LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
/*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
/*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
case LOLR_Cooked: {
llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
StringTokLocs[0]);
Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
}
case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
}
return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
&ExplicitArgs);
}
case LOLR_Raw:
case LOLR_Template:
llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
case LOLR_Error:
return ExprError();
}
llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
}
ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
SourceLocation Loc,
const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
}
/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
/// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);
if (CheckCUDATarget(CallerTarget, CalleeTarget)) {
Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
<< CalleeTarget << D->getIdentifier() << CallerTarget;
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< D->getIdentifier();
return ExprError();
}
}
bool refersToEnclosingScope =
(CurContext != D->getDeclContext() &&
D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ||
(isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
cast<VarDecl>(D)->isInitCapture());
DeclRefExpr *E;
if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
E = DeclRefExpr::Create(
Context,
SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D, refersToEnclosingScope,
NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs);
} else {
assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
" template specialization referrences");
E = DeclRefExpr::Create(
Context,
SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
SourceLocation(), D, refersToEnclosingScope, NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
}
MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
if (getLangOpts().ObjCARCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
E->getLocStart());
if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
}
// Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
if (FD && FD->isBitField())
E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
return Owned(E);
}
/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
/// possibly a list of template arguments.
///
/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
/// DecomposeTemplateName.
///
/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
/// some way.
void
Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
} else {
NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
TemplateArgs = 0;
}
}
/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
///
/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
}
// If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
// unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
// original lookup would not have found something because it was a
// dependent name.
DeclContext *DC = (SS.isEmpty() && !CallsUndergoingInstantiation.empty())
? CurContext : 0;
while (DC) {
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
if (!R.empty()) {
// Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
R.suppressDiagnostics();
// During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
// to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
// function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind ==
ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
CurMethod->isInstance() &&
DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
// Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
// TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
// Actually quite difficult!
if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
diagnostic = diag::warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
if (isInstance) {
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod;
if (CurMethod->isDependentContext())
DepMethod = CurMethod;
else if (CurMethod->getTemplatedKind() ==
FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization)
DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurMethod->getPrimaryTemplate()->
getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl());
else
DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(
CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
assert(DepMethod && "No template pattern found");
QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
CXXScopeSpec SS;
SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), 0,
R.getLookupNameInfo(),
ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : 0);
CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
} else {
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
}
// Do we really want to note all of these?
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
// Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
// and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
// the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
// implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
return true;
}
// Tell the callee to try to recover.
return false;
}
R.clear();
}
// In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
// function definition declared at class scope then we must set
// DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
// class.
if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
else
DC = DC->getParent();
}
// We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
TypoCorrection Corrected;
if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(),
S, &SS, CCC))) {
std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
bool DroppedSpecifier =
Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
if (ND) {
if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc());
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
CDEnd = Corrected.end();
CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD))
AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Args, OCS);
else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
Args, OCS);
}
switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
case OR_Success:
ND = Best->Function;
Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
break;
default:
// FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
break;
}
}
R.addDecl(ND);
AcceptableWithRecovery =
isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
// FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
// Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
// is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
// correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
// to recover well anyway.
AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
} else {
// FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
// because we aren't able to recover.
AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
}
if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
unsigned NoteID = (Corrected.getCorrectionDecl() &&
isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()))
? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
: diag::note_previous_decl;
if (SS.isEmpty())
diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
else
diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
<< Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
<< DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
// Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
}
}
R.clear();
// Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
// FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
<< Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
<< SS.getRange();
return true;
}
// Give up, we can't recover.
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
return true;
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
CXXScopeSpec &SS,
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
UnqualifiedId &Id,
bool HasTrailingLParen,
bool IsAddressOfOperand,
CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC,
bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier) {
assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
if (SS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
// Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
// C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
// An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
// -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
// (note: handled after lookup)
// -- a template-id that is dependent,
// (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
// -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
// -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
// names a dependent type.
// Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
// we need to handle these differently.
bool DependentID = false;
if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
DependentID = true;
} else if (SS.isSet()) {
if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
return ExprError();
} else {
DependentID = true;
}
}
if (DependentID)
return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
// Perform the required lookup.
LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
if (TemplateArgs) {
// Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
// which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
// lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
// this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
// results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
(R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
} else {
bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
// If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
// id-expression.
if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
// If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
// some special Objective-C lookup, too.
if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
if (E.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
if (Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>())
return Owned(Ex);
}
}
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return ExprError();
// Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
// argument-dependent lookup.
bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
// Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
// in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
if (D) R.addDecl(D);
}
// If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
// call, diagnose the problem.
if (R.empty()) {
// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function
// whose parent class has dependent base classes, and we can't resolve
// an identifier, then assume the identifier is a member of a dependent
// base class. The goal is to postpone name lookup to instantiation time
// to be able to search into the type dependent base classes.
// FIXME: If we want 100% compatibility with MSVC, we will have delay all
// unqualified name lookup. Any name lookup during template parsing means
// clang might find something that MSVC doesn't. For now, we only handle
// the common case of members of a dependent base class.
if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
if (MD && MD->isInstance() && MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
assert(SS.isEmpty() && "qualifiers should be already handled");
QualType ThisType = MD->getThisType(Context);
// Since the 'this' expression is synthesized, we don't need to
// perform the double-lookup check.
NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope = 0;
return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
Context, /*This=*/0, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
/*Op=*/SourceLocation(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
TemplateKWLoc, FirstQualifierInScope, NameInfo, TemplateArgs));
}
}
// Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assmebly.
if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
return ExprError();
CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator))
return ExprError();
assert(!R.empty() &&
"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
// If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
// LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
// reference the ivar.
if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
R.clear();
ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
// In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
// lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
return ExprError();
return E;
}
}
}
// This is guaranteed from this point on.
assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
// Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
// C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
// When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
// syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
// body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
// resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
// member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
// class member access expression using (*this) as the
// postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
//
// But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
// resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
// expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
// non-static member function:
//
// C++ [expr.ref]p4:
// Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
// [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
// member function call.
//
// There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
// to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
// spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
// instance method.
if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
bool MightBeImplicitMember;
if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
MightBeImplicitMember = true;
else if (!SS.isEmpty())
MightBeImplicitMember = false;
else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
MightBeImplicitMember = false;
else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
MightBeImplicitMember = true;
else
MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
if (MightBeImplicitMember)
return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
R, TemplateArgs);
}
if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
// In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
// in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
// The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
"There should only be one declaration found.");
}
return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
}
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
}
/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
/// this path.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
if (!DC)
return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
return ExprError();
LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return ExprError();
if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
if (R.empty()) {
Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
<< NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
return ExprError();
}
// Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
// won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
// BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
// a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
/*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
R, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
}
/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
/// additional lookup.
///
/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
///
/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
ExprResult
Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
// Check for error condition which is already reported.
if (!CurMethod)
return ExprError();
// There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
// in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
// found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
// a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
// this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
// If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
// ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
// ivar, that's an error.
bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
bool LookForIvars;
if (Lookup.empty())
LookForIvars = true;
else if (IsClassMethod)
LookForIvars = false;
else
LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
if (LookForIvars) {
IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
ObjCIvarDecl *IV = 0;
if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
// Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
if (IsClassMethod)
return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
<< IV->getDeclName());
// If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
// error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
return ExprError();
// Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
!declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
!getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
// FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
// turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
UnqualifiedId SelfName;
SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
SelfName, false, false);
if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.take());
if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
if (!IV->getBackingIvarReferencedInAccessor()) {
// Mark this ivar 'referenced' in this method, if it is a backing ivar
// of a property and current method is one of its property accessor.
const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl;
const ObjCIvarDecl *BIV = GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(CurMethod, PDecl);
if (BIV && BIV == IV)
IV->setBackingIvarReferencedInAccessor(true);
}
ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
!IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Loc, IV->getLocation(),
SelfExpr.take(),
true, true);
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc);
if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
}
if (CurContext->isClosure())
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
}
return Owned(Result);
}
} else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
// We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
}
}
} else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
// If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
<< IV->getDeclName());
}
if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
// FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
Lookup.getNameLoc());
if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
}
}
}
// Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
return Owned((Expr*) 0);
}
/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
///
/// Logically this happens in three phases:
///
/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
///
/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
/// the class declaring the member.
///
/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
/// obey access control.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
NamedDecl *Member) {
CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
if (!RD)
return Owned(From);
QualType DestRecordType;
QualType DestType;
QualType FromRecordType;
QualType FromType = From->getType();
bool PointerConversions = false;
if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
PointerConversions = true;
} else {
DestType = DestRecordType;
FromRecordType = FromType;
}
} else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
if (Method->isStatic())
return Owned(From);
DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
PointerConversions = true;
} else {
FromRecordType = FromType;
DestType = DestRecordType;
}
} else {
// No conversion necessary.
return Owned(From);
}
if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
return Owned(From);
// If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
return Owned(From);
SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
// C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
// [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
// class name.
//
// If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
// specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
// first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
// one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
//
// class Base { public: int x; };
// class Derived1 : public Base { };
// class Derived2 : public Base { };
// class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
//
// void VeryDerived::f() {
// x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
// Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
// }
if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
// In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
// type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
// Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
return ExprError();
if (PointerConversions)
QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
VK, &BasePath).take();
FromType = QType;
FromRecordType = QRecordType;
// If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
// we're done.
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
return Owned(From);
}
}
bool IgnoreAccess = false;
// If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
// down to the using declaration's type.
//
// Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
// class ever has member declarations.
if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
// We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
// conversion is non-trivial.
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
return ExprError();
QualType UType = URecordType;
if (PointerConversions)
UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
VK, &BasePath).take();
FromType = UType;
FromRecordType = URecordType;
}
// We don't do access control for the conversion from the
// declaring class to the true declaring class.
IgnoreAccess = true;
}
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
IgnoreAccess))
return ExprError();
return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
VK, &BasePath);
}
bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const LookupResult &R,
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
// Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
if (!HasTrailingLParen)
return false;
// Never if a scope specifier was provided.
if (SS.isSet())
return false;
// Only in C++ or ObjC++.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return false;
// Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
// normal lookup:
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = *I;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a declaration of a class member
// Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
// original decl.
if (D->isCXXClassMember())
return false;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
// using-declaration
// NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
// don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
// turn off ADL anyway).
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
return false;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
// template
// And also for builtin functions.
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
// But also builtin functions.
if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
return false;
} else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
/// will in fact be used.
static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
return false;
}
ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R,
bool NeedsADL) {
// If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
// just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
R.getRepresentativeDecl());
// We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
// result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
// functions and function templates.
if (R.isSingleResult() &&
CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
return ExprError();
// Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
// any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
// we've picked a target.
R.suppressDiagnostics();
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
R.getLookupNameInfo(),
NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
R.begin(), R.end());
return Owned(ULE);
}
/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
return ExprError();
if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
// Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
// a template argument list.
Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
<< Template << SS.getRange();
Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
return ExprError();
}
// Make sure that we're referring to a value.
ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
if (!VD) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
<< D << SS.getRange();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
return ExprError();
}
// Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
// this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
// on this function name, because this might not be the function
// that overload resolution actually selects.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
return ExprError();
// Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
// and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
// must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
indirectField);
{
QualType type = VD->getType();
ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
switch (D->getKind()) {
// Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
#define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
#define VALUE(type, base)
#define DECL(type, base) \
case Decl::type:
#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
// These shouldn't make it here.
case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
case Decl::ObjCIvar:
llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
// Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
// Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
case Decl::EnumConstant:
case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
// Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
// pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
// internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
// exist in the high-level semantics.
case Decl::Field:
case Decl::IndirectField:
assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
"building reference to field in C?");
// These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
// for internal consistency we do this anyway.
type = type.getNonReferenceType();
valueKind = VK_LValue;
break;
// Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
// depending on the type.
case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
type = reftype->getPointeeType();
valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
break;
}
// For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
// the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
valueKind = VK_RValue;
type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
break;
}
case Decl::Var:
case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
// In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
!type.hasQualifiers() &&
type->isVoidType()) {
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
// fallthrough
case Decl::ImplicitParam:
case Decl::ParmVar: {
// These are always l-values.
valueKind = VK_LValue;
type = type.getNonReferenceType();
// FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
// potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
// captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
if (!CapturedType.isNull())
type = CapturedType;
}
break;
}
case Decl::Function: {
if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
}
const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
// If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
// result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
if (fty->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
// Functions are l-values in C++.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
valueKind = VK_LValue;
break;
}
// C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
// function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
// used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
// the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
// type.
if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getResultType(),
fty->getExtInfo());
// Functions are r-values in C.
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
case Decl::MSProperty:
valueKind = VK_LValue;
break;
case Decl::CXXMethod:
// If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
// result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
// This should only be possible with a type written directly.
if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
= dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
if (proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
// C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
valueKind = VK_LValue;
break;
}
// fallthrough
case Decl::CXXConversion:
case Decl::CXXDestructor:
case Decl::CXXConstructor:
valueKind = VK_RValue;
break;
}
return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
TemplateArgs);
}
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
// Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
Decl *currentDecl = 0;
if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
else
currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
if (!currentDecl) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
}
QualType ResTy;
if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
else {
// Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
// the string.
unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction)
ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
else
ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
}
return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
switch (Kind) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
}
return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
bool Invalid = false;
StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
if (Invalid)
return ExprError();
CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
PP, Tok.getKind());
if (Literal.hadError())
return ExprError();
QualType Ty;
if (Literal.isWide())
Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
else if (Literal.isUTF16())
Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
else if (Literal.isUTF32())
Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
else
Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
if (Literal.isWide())
Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
else if (Literal.isUTF16())
Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
else if (Literal.isUTF32())
Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
Tok.getLocation());
if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
return Owned(Lit);
// We're building a user-defined literal.
IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
// Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
if (!UDLScope)
return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
// C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
// operator "" X (ch)
return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
Lit, Tok.getLocation());
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
return Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
Context.IntTy, Loc));
}
static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
using llvm::APFloat;
APFloat Val(Format);
APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
// Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
// we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
unsigned diagnostic;
SmallString<20> buffer;
if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
} else {
diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
}
S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
<< Ty
<< StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
}
bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
// Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
// cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
}
SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
// NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
// the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
// returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
// the EOF, so it is also safe.
SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
// Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
bool Invalid = false;
StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
if (Invalid)
return ExprError();
NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
if (Literal.hadError)
return ExprError();
if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
// We're building a user-defined literal.
IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
// Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
if (!UDLScope)
return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
QualType CookedTy;
if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
// C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
// long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
// operator "" X (f L)
CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
} else {
// C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
// unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
// operator "" X (n ULL)
CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
}
DeclarationName OpName =
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
// Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
// literal or a cooked one.
LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
/*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
/*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
case LOLR_Error:
return ExprError();
case LOLR_Cooked: {
Expr *Lit;
if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
} else {
llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_too_large);
Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
Tok.getLocation());
}
return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
}
case LOLR_Raw: {
// C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
// literal is treated as a call of the form
// operator "" X ("n")
unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
/*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
}
case LOLR_Template: {
// C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
// template), L is treated as a call fo the form
// operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
// where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
Value = TokSpelling[I];
TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
}
return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
&ExplicitArgs);
}
case LOLR_StringTemplate:
llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
}
}
Expr *Res;
if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
QualType Ty;
if (Literal.isFloat)
Ty = Context.FloatTy;
else if (!Literal.isLong)
Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
else
Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
} else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) {
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
}
}
} else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
return ExprError();
} else {
QualType Ty;
// 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
else
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
}
// Get the value in the widest-possible width.
unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
// The microsoft literal suffix extensions support 128-bit literals, which
// may be wider than [u]intmax_t.
// FIXME: Actually, they don't. We seem to have accidentally invented the
// i128 suffix.
if (Literal.isMicrosoftInteger && MaxWidth < 128 &&
PP.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type())
MaxWidth = 128;
llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
// If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_too_large);
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
"long long is not intmax_t?");
} else {
// If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
// according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
// Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
// be an unsigned int.
bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
// Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
unsigned Width = 0;
if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
// Are int/unsigned possibilities?
unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned int?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed int?
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Ty = Context.IntTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Width = IntSize;
}
}
// Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned long?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed long?
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Ty = Context.LongTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Width = LongSize;
}
}
// Check long long if needed.
if (Ty.isNull()) {
unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed long long?
// To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
// LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
(getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong)))
Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Width = LongLongSize;
}
}
// If it doesn't fit in unsigned long long, and we're using Microsoft
// extensions, then its a 128-bit integer literal.
if (Ty.isNull() && Literal.isMicrosoftInteger &&
PP.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type()) {
if (Literal.isUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedInt128Ty;
else
Ty = Context.Int128Ty;
Width = 128;
}
// If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
// does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
if (Ty.isNull()) {
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
}
if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
}
Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
}
// If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
if (Literal.isImaginary)
Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
return Owned(Res);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
}
static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
SourceLocation Loc,
SourceRange ArgRange) {
// [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
// scalar or vector data type argument..."
// Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
// type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
<< T << ArgRange;
return true;
}
assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
"Scalar types should always be complete");
return false;
}
static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
SourceLocation Loc,
SourceRange ArgRange,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
// Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
return true;
// C99 6.5.3.4p1:
if (T->isFunctionType() &&
(TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
// sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
<< TraitKind << ArgRange;
return false;
}
// Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
if (T->isVoidType()) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
return false;
}
return true;
}
static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
SourceLocation Loc,
SourceRange ArgRange,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
// Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
// runtime doesn't allow it.
if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
<< T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
<< ArgRange;
return true;
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
/// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
Expr *E) {
// Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
if (T != E->getType())
return;
// Now look for array decays.
ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
return;
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
<< ICE->getType()
<< ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
}
/// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression
/// and type traits.
///
/// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
/// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
/// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
/// instantiation, etc.
bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
E->getSourceRange());
// Whitelist some types as extensions
if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
return false;
if (RequireCompleteExprType(E,
diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
return true;
// Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
ExprTy = E->getType();
assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
<< ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
return true;
if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
QualType Type = PVD->getType();
if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
<< Type << OType;
Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
}
}
}
// Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
// decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
// likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
BO->getLHS());
warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
BO->getRHS());
}
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
/// traits.
///
/// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
/// on those operands.
///
/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
/// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
/// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
///
/// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
/// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
/// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
///
/// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
SourceRange ExprRange,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
if (ExprType->isDependentType())
return false;
// C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
// the result is the size of the referenced type."
// C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
// result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
// Whitelist some types as extensions
if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
ExprKind))
return false;
if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
ExprKind, ExprRange))
return true;
if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
<< ExprKind << ExprRange;
return true;
}
if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
ExprKind))
return true;
return false;
}
static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
E = E->IgnoreParens();
// Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
if (E->isTypeDependent())
return false;
if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
<< 1 << E->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
ValueDecl *D = 0;
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
D = DRE->getDecl();
} else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
D = ME->getMemberDecl();
}
// If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
// complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
//
// This requires a very particular set of circumstances. For a
// field to be contained within an incomplete type, we must in the
// process of parsing that type. To have an expression refer to a
// field, it must be an id-expression or a member-expression, but
// the latter are always ill-formed when the base type is
// incomplete, including only being partially complete. An
// id-expression can never refer to a field in C because fields
// are not in the ordinary namespace. In C++, an id-expression
// can implicitly be a member access, but only if there's an
// implicit 'this' value, and all such contexts are subject to
// delayed parsing --- except for trailing return types in C++11.
// And if an id-expression referring to a field occurs in a
// context that lacks a 'this' value, it's ill-formed --- except,
// agian, in C++11, where such references are allowed in an
// unevaluated context. So C++11 introduces some new complexity.
//
// For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
// extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
// nonsensical answer 0.
//
// We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
// directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
// attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
// logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
// use-case.
if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
// Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
// definition if we can find a member of it.
if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
<< E->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
// Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
// reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
// flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
// white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
return false;
}
return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
}
bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
E = E->IgnoreParens();
// Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
if (E->isTypeDependent())
return false;
return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
}
/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
SourceRange R) {
if (!TInfo)
return ExprError();
QualType T = TInfo->getType();
if (!T->isDependentType() &&
CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
return ExprError();
// C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, TInfo,
Context.getSizeType(),
OpLoc, R.getEnd()));
}
/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
/// operand.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (PE.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = PE.get();
// Verify that the operand is valid.
bool isInvalid = false;
if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
// Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
} else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
} else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
} else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
isInvalid = true;
} else {
isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
}
if (isInvalid)
return ExprError();
if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E = PE.take();
}
// C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
E->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
}
/// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
/// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
// If error parsing type, ignore.
if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
if (IsType) {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
(void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
}
Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
return Result;
}
static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
bool IsReal) {
if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
return S.Context.DependentTy;
// _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.take());
if (V.isInvalid())
return QualType();
}
// These operators return the element type of a complex type.
if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
return CT->getElementType();
// Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
return V.get()->getType();
// Test for placeholders.
ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
V = PR;
return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
}
// Reject anything else.
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
<< (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
return QualType();
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
}
// Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Input = Result.take();
return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}
/// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
///
/// \return true on error
static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
SourceLocation opLoc,
Expr *op) {
assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
!S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
return false;
S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
<< op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
<< op->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
base = result.take();
}
// Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
// expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
// operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
// resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
// at the overload.
if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
base = result.take();
}
if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
idx = result.take();
}
// Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
(base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx,
Context.DependentTy,
VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
rbLoc));
}
// Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
// type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
// but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
// operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
// to do if there aren't any record types involved.
//
// ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
// to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
(base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
(!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
}
return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
}
ExprResult
Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Expr *LHSExp = Base;
Expr *RHSExp = Idx;
// Perform default conversions.
if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
LHSExp = Result.take();
}
ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
RHSExp = Result.take();
QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
// C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
// to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
// in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
// and index from the expression types.
Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
QualType ResultType;
if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
} else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
// Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
// expression.
if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, 0, 0);
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
// Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
// Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
<< ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
} else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
if (VK != VK_RValue)
OK = OK_VectorComponent;
// FIXME: need to deal with const...
ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
} else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
// If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
// DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
// wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
// allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
// force the promotion here.
Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
LHSExp->getSourceRange();
LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
// Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
RHSExp->getSourceRange();
RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else {
return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
<< LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
}
// C99 6.5.2.1p1
if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
<< IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
&& !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
// C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
// C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
// type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
// incomplete types are not object types.
if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
<< ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
<< BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
// C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
// See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
} else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
return ExprError();
assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
!ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc));
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
FunctionDecl *FD,
ParmVarDecl *Param) {
if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
Diag(CallLoc,
diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
return ExprError();
}
if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated,
Param);
// Instantiate the expression.
MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
= getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
if (Inst.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ExprResult Result;
{
// C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
// The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
// the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
// default argument expression appears.
ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList);
}
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
InitializationKind Kind
= InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
/*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Expr *Arg = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
CheckCompletedExpr(Arg, Param->getOuterLocStart());
// Build the default argument expression.
return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, Arg));
}
// If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
// push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
// be properly destroyed.
// FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
// bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
// We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
// blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
if (isa<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
// Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
// any explicit objects.
ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
// Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
// should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
// expressions should never be able to capture anything.
assert(!cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())->getNumObjects() &&
"default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
}
// We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
// Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
// as being "referenced".
MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
/*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
}
Sema::VariadicCallType
Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Expr *Fn) {
if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
return VariadicConstructor;
else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
return VariadicBlock;
else if (FDecl) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
if (Method->isInstance())
return VariadicMethod;
} else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
return VariadicMethod;
return VariadicFunction;
}
return VariadicDoesNotApply;
}
namespace {
class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
public:
FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
unsigned NumArgs, bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
: FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
FunctionName(FuncName) {}
virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
return false;
}
return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
}
private:
const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
};
}
static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S,
DeclarationNameInfo FuncName,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Args.size(), false);
if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
S.CorrectTypo(FuncName, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), NULL, CCC)) {
if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
OverloadCandidateSet OCS(FuncName.getLoc());
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
CDEnd = Corrected.end();
CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
OCS);
}
switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, FuncName.getLoc(), Best)) {
case OR_Success:
ND = Best->Function;
Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
return Corrected;
}
}
}
return TypoCorrection();
}
/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
/// true if the call is ill-formed.
bool
Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
FunctionDecl *FDecl,
const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
bool IsExecConfig) {
// Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
// We don't need to do this in the
if (FDecl)
if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
return false;
// C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
// assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
bool Invalid = false;
unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumArgsInProto;
unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
? 1 /* block */
: (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
: 0 /* function */);
// If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
// arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
if (Args.size() < NumArgsInProto) {
if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
TypoCorrection TC;
if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(
*this, DeclarationNameInfo(FDecl->getDeclName(),
(ME ? ME->getMemberLoc()
: Fn->getLocStart())),
Args))) {
unsigned diag_id =
MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
<< static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
<< Fn->getSourceRange());
} else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
<< FnKind
<< FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
else
Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
<< FnKind
<< MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
<< Fn->getSourceRange();
// Emit the location of the prototype.
if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
<< FDecl;
return true;
}
Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
}
// If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
// them.
if (Args.size() > NumArgsInProto) {
if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
TypoCorrection TC;
if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(
*this, DeclarationNameInfo(FDecl->getDeclName(),
Fn->getLocStart()),
Args))) {
unsigned diag_id =
MinArgs == NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumArgsInProto
<< static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
<< Fn->getSourceRange());
} else if (NumArgsInProto == 1 && FDecl &&
FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
<< FnKind
<< FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
<< Fn->getSourceRange()
<< SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
Args.back()->getLocEnd());
else
Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
: diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
<< FnKind
<< NumArgsInProto << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
<< Fn->getSourceRange()
<< SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
Args.back()->getLocEnd());
// Emit the location of the prototype.
if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
<< FDecl;
// This deletes the extra arguments.
Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
return true;
}
}
SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
if (Invalid)
return true;
unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
return false;
}
bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
FunctionDecl *FDecl,
const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
unsigned FirstProtoArg,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
VariadicCallType CallType,
bool AllowExplicit,
bool IsListInitialization) {
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
unsigned NumArgsToCheck = Args.size();
bool Invalid = false;
if (Args.size() != NumArgsInProto)
// Use default arguments for missing arguments
NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
unsigned ArgIx = 0;
// Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Expr *Arg;
ParmVarDecl *Param;
if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
ProtoArgType,
diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
return true;
// Pass the argument
Param = 0;
if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
// Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
bool CFAudited = false;
if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
(!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
(!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
CFAudited = true;
InitializedEntity Entity = Param ?
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param, ProtoArgType)
: InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ProtoArgType,
Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
// Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
if (CFAudited)
Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
SourceLocation(),
Owned(Arg),
IsListInitialization,
AllowExplicit);
if (ArgE.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
assert(FDecl && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
ExprResult ArgExpr =
BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
}
// Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
// check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
// with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
// Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
}
// If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
// Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
// return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
if (Proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy &&
FDecl && FDecl->isExternC()) {
for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
QualType paramType; // ignored
ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, Args[i], paramType);
Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
AllArgs.push_back(arg.take());
}
// Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
} else {
for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType,
FDecl);
Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
AllArgs.push_back(Arg.take());
}
}
// Check for array bounds violations.
for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i)
CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]);
}
return Invalid;
}
static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
<< ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
}
/// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
/// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
/// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
///
/// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
/// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
/// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
/// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
void
Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
ParmVarDecl *Param,
const Expr *ArgExpr) {
// Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return;
QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
return;
if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
return;
}
const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
if (!CAT)
return;
const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
if (!ArgCAT)
return;
if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
<< ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
<< (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
<< (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
}
}
/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
/// to have a function type.
static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
/// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
/// immediately during argument processing?
static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
// Placeholders are never sugared.
const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
if (!placeholder) return false;
switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
// Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
#define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
return false;
// We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
// by the call machinery.
case BuiltinType::Overload:
return false;
// Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
// should be left in place.
case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
return false;
// Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
return true;
// The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
// to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
return true;
// These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
return true;
}
llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
}
/// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
/// handle later.
static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
// Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
// dying at the first failure.
bool hasInvalid = false;
for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
else args[i] = result.take();
}
}
return hasInvalid;
}
/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
/// locations.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Fn = Result.take();
if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
return ExprError();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
// Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
SourceRange(ArgExprs[0]->getLocStart(),
ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
}
return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, None,
Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue,
RParenLoc));
}
if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Fn = result.take();
}
// Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
// in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
// FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
// Fn.
bool Dependent = false;
if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
Dependent = true;
else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
Dependent = true;
if (Dependent) {
if (ExecConfig) {
return Owned(new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
} else {
return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, ArgExprs,
Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue,
RParenLoc));
}
}
// Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc,
ArgExprs, RParenLoc));
if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Fn = result.take();
}
if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc);
}
}
// Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
// We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved.
if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
} else {
return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
RParenLoc);
}
}
}
// If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Fn = result.take();
}
Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
MultiExprArg ExecConfig, SourceLocation GGGLoc) {
FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl();
if (!ConfigDecl)
return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use)
<< "cudaConfigureCall");
QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType();
DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(
ConfigDecl, false, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc);
MarkFunctionReferenced(LLLLoc, ConfigDecl);
return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, 0,
/*IsExecConfig=*/true);
}
/// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
///
/// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
///
ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
<< DstTy
<< SrcTy
<< E->getSourceRange());
return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc,
RParenLoc));
}
/// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
/// provided arguments.
///
/// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
///
ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
}
/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
/// block-pointer type.
///
/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
ExprResult
Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
// Promote the function operand.
// We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
// builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
ExprResult Result;
if (BuiltinID &&
Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).take();
} else {
Result = UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
}
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Fn = Result.take();
// Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
// of arguments and function on error.
CallExpr *TheCall;
if (Config)
TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
RParenLoc);
else
TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
// Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
retry:
const FunctionType *FuncT;
if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
// C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
// have type pointer to function".
FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
if (FuncT == 0)
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
} else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
} else {
// Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Fn = rewrite.take();
TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
goto retry;
}
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
}
if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
if (Config) {
// CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
<< FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
// CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
} else {
// CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
<< FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
}
}
// Check for a valid return type
if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
FDecl))
return ExprError();
// We know the result type of the call, set it.
TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getResultType()));
const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
if (Proto) {
if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
IsExecConfig))
return ExprError();
} else {
assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
if (FDecl) {
// Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
// on our knowledge of the function definition.
const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
<< (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
}
// If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
// a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
}
// Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
Expr *Arg = Args[i];
if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumArgs()) {
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
Proto->getArgType(i),
Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
SourceLocation(),
Owned(Arg));
if (ArgE.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
if (ArgE.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
}
if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
Arg->getType(),
diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
return ExprError();
TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
}
}
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
if (!Method->isStatic())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
<< Fn->getSourceRange());
// Check for sentinels
if (NDecl)
DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
// Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
if (FDecl) {
if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
return ExprError();
if (BuiltinID)
return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
} else if (NDecl) {
if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
return ExprError();
} else {
if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
return ExprError();
}
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
// FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
//assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
if (!TInfo)
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
}
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
SourceRange(LParenLoc,
LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
return ExprError();
if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
<< SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
} else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
return ExprError();
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
InitializationKind Kind
= InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
/*InitList=*/true);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
&literalType);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
LiteralExpr = Result.get();
bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
if (isFileScope &&
!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
!LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
!literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
return ExprError();
}
// In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
return MaybeBindToTemporary(
new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
// Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
// resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
// Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
// of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
InitArgList[I] = result.take();
}
}
// Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
// CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
RBraceLoc);
E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
return Owned(E);
}
/// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) {
assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
assert(E.get()->isRValue());
// Only do this in an r-value context.
if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(),
CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
/*base path*/ 0, VK_RValue);
S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
}
/// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
/// pointer type.
CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
QualType type = E.get()->getType();
if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
return CK_BitCast;
} else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E);
return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
} else {
assert(type->isPointerType());
return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
}
}
/// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
/// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
// Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
// Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
// pointers. Everything else should be possible.
QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
return CK_NoOp;
switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
case Type::STK_CPointer:
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_CPointer:
return CK_BitCast;
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
return CK_BitCast;
if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src);
return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
case Type::STK_Bool:
return CK_PointerToBoolean;
case Type::STK_Integral:
return CK_PointerToIntegral;
case Type::STK_Floating:
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
}
llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
case Type::STK_Integral:
switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_CPointer:
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
return CK_NullToPointer;
return CK_IntegralToPointer;
case Type::STK_Bool:
return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
case Type::STK_Integral:
return CK_IntegralCast;
case Type::STK_Floating:
return CK_IntegralToFloating;
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_IntegralCast);
return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_IntegralToFloating);
return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
}
llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
case Type::STK_Floating:
switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_Floating:
return CK_FloatingCast;
case Type::STK_Bool:
return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
case Type::STK_Integral:
return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_FloatingCast);
return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_FloatingToIntegral);
return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
case Type::STK_CPointer:
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
}
llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
case Type::STK_Floating: {
QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
return CK_FloatingCast;
}
case Type::STK_Bool:
return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
case Type::STK_Integral:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
case Type::STK_CPointer:
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
}
llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
case Type::STK_Integral: {
QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
return CK_IntegralCast;
}
case Type::STK_Bool:
return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
case Type::STK_Floating:
Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
return CK_IntegralToFloating;
case Type::STK_CPointer:
case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
}
llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
}
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
}
bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
CastKind &Kind) {
assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Ty->isVectorType() ?
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
<< VectorTy << Ty << R;
} else
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
<< VectorTy << Ty << R;
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return false;
}
ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
// If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
// an ExtVectorType.
// In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
// (See OpenCL 6.2).
if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)
|| (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
(DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
<< DestTy << SrcTy << R;
return ExprError();
}
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return Owned(CastExpr);
}
// All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
// conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
// splat from elt type to vector.
if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
<< DestTy << SrcTy << R;
QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
ExprResult CastExprRes = Owned(CastExpr);
CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.take(), DestElemTy, CK).take();
Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
return Owned(CastExpr);
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != 0) &&
"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
if (D.isInvalidType())
return ExprError();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
}
checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
bool isVectorLiteral = false;
// Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
// i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
&& castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
return ExprError();
}
if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
isVectorLiteral = true;
}
else
isVectorLiteral = true;
}
// If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
// then handle it as such.
if (isVectorLiteral)
return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
// If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
// sequence of BinOp comma operators.
if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
CastExpr = Result.take();
}
return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
"Expected paren or paren list expression");
Expr **exprs;
unsigned numExprs;
Expr *subExpr;
SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
exprs = PE->getExprs();
numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
} else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
exprs = &subExpr;
numExprs = 1;
}
QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
// '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
// initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
// If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
// replicated to all the components of the vector
if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
// The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
// vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
// be replicated to all the components of the vector
if (numExprs == 1) {
QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
if (Literal.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
}
else if (numExprs < numElems) {
Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
return ExprError();
}
else
initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
}
else {
// For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
// it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
numExprs == 1) {
QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
if (Literal.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
}
initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
}
// FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
// braces instead of the original commas.
InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
initE->setType(Ty);
return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
}
/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
/// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
ExprResult
Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
if (!E)
return Owned(OrigExpr);
ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
E->getExpr(i));
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
SourceLocation R,
MultiExprArg Val) {
Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
return Owned(expr);
}
/// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
/// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
/// emitted.
bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
NullExpr = RHSExpr;
NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
NullKind =
NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
}
if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
return false;
if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
return false;
if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
// In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
// string in the source code.
NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
return false;
}
int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
<< NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
<< NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
/// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond) {
QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
// C99 6.5.15p2
if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar.
if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
return false;
// Emit the proper error message.
S.Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), S.getLangOpts().OpenCL ?
diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar :
diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector)
<< CondTy;
return true;
}
/// \brief Return false if the two expressions can be converted to a vector,
/// true otherwise
static bool checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
QualType CondTy) {
// Both operands should be of scalar type.
if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
S.Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
<< CondTy;
return true;
}
if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
S.Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
<< CondTy;
return true;
}
// Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition.
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
return false;
}
/// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS) {
Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
<< RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
<< LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
return S.Context.VoidTy;
}
/// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
/// true otherwise.
static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
QualType PointerTy) {
if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
!NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
return true;
NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.take(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
return false;
}
/// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
/// type.
static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc) {
QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
// Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
return LHSTy;
}
QualType lhptee, rhptee;
// Get the pointee types.
bool IsBlockPointer = false;
if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
IsBlockPointer = true;
} else {
lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
}
// C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
// differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
// a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
// type.
// Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
// clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
// be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
// anything.
Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
// In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
// reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
// to get a consistent AST.
QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
return incompatTy;
}
// The pointer types are compatible.
QualType ResultTy = CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
if (IsBlockPointer)
ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
else
ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
/// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc) {
QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// We have 2 block pointer types.
return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
}
/// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
static QualType
checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc) {
// get the pointer types
QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
// get the "pointed to" types
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
// Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
QualType destPointee
= S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
QualType destPointee
= S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
}
/// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
/// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
!Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
return false;
Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
<< Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
<< Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.take(), PointerExpr->getType(),
CK_IntegralToPointer);
return true;
}
/// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
/// In that case, LHS = cond.
/// C99 6.5.15
QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
ExprObjectKind &OK,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
LHS = LHSResult;
ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
RHS = RHSResult;
// C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
VK = VK_RValue;
OK = OK_Ordinary;
// First, check the condition.
Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.take());
if (Cond.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get()))
return QualType();
// Now check the two expressions.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
// If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar,
// attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the
// built in select. (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i)
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
if (checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(*this, LHS, RHS, CondTy))
return QualType();
// If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
// to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType())
return LHS.get()->getType();
// If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
// type.
if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
// "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
// that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
// FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
}
// C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
// The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
}
// C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
// the type of the other operand."
if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
// All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
QuestionLoc);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (!compositeType.isNull())
return compositeType;
// Handle block pointer types.
if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
QuestionLoc);
// Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
QuestionLoc);
// GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
// null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
/*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
return RHSTy;
if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
/*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
return LHSTy;
// Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
// constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
// likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
return QualType();
// Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
// Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
// to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
// redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
(Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
(Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// And the same for struct objc_object* / id
if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
(Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
(Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
(Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
(Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
// Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
return LHSTy;
}
const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
// If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
// assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
// type. This allows
// xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
// where B is a subclass of A.
//
// Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
// allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
// incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
// type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
// FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
// It could return the composite type.
if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
} else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
} else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
// Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
// GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
// id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
// part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
} else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
} else if (!(compositeType =
Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
;
else {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
return incompatTy;
}
// The object pointer types are compatible.
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
return compositeType;
}
// Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
// ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
// so these types are not compatible.
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
LHS = RHS = true;
return QualType();
}
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
// ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
// so these types are not compatible.
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
LHS = RHS = true;
return QualType();
}
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
return QualType();
}
/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
/// ParenRange in parentheses.
static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
SourceRange ParenRange) {
SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
EndLoc.isValid()) {
Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
} else {
// We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
}
}
static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
}
/// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
/// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
/// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
/// expression.
static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
Expr **RHSExprs) {
// Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
// Built-in binary operator.
if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
*Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
*RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
return true;
}
}
// Overloaded operator.
if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
return false;
// Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
// BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
return false;
BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
*Opcode = OpKind;
*RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
}
/// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
/// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
/// commonly interpreted as boolean.
static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
return true;
if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
return false;
}
/// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
/// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
/// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
/// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *Condition,
Expr *LHSExpr,
Expr *RHSExpr) {
BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
Expr *CondRHS;
if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
return;
if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
return;
// The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
// hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
<< Condition->getSourceRange()
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
}
/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
SourceLocation ColonLoc,
Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
Expr *RHSExpr) {
// If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
// was the condition.
OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = 0;
Expr *commonExpr = 0;
if (LHSExpr == 0) {
commonExpr = CondExpr;
// Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
// try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
// as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
commonExpr = result.take();
}
// We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
// in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
&& !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
&& commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
&& commonExpr->isGLValue()
&& commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
&& RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
&& Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
if (commonRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
commonExpr = commonRes.take();
}
opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
commonExpr->getType(),
commonExpr->getValueKind(),
commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
commonExpr);
LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
}
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
ExprResult Cond = Owned(CondExpr), LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
RHS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
RHS.get());
if (!commonExpr)
return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc,
LHS.take(), ColonLoc,
RHS.take(), result, VK, OK));
return Owned(new (Context)
BinaryConditionalOperator(commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.take(), LHS.take(),
RHS.take(), QuestionLoc, ColonLoc, result, VK,
OK));
}
// checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
// get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
llvm::tie(lhptee, lhq) = cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
llvm::tie(rhptee, rhq) = cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
// 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
// qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Qualifiers lq;
// As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
// Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
}
if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
// Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace())
ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
// It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
// and from void*.
else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
.compatiblyIncludes(
rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
&& (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
; // keep old
// Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
// For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
// as still compatible in C.
else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
}
// C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
// incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
// version of void...
if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
return ConvTy;
// As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
}
if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
return ConvTy;
// As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
}
// C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
// unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
// Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
// We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
// "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
if (lhptee->isCharType())
ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
if (rhptee->isCharType())
rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
if (ltrans == rtrans) {
// Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
// takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
// warning can be disabled.
if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
return ConvTy;
return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
}
// If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
// one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
// the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
// level of indirection, this must be the issue.
if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
do {
lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
} while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
if (lhptee == rhptee)
return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
}
// General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
}
if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
return ConvTy;
}
/// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
// types.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType) {
assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
QualType lhptee, rhptee;
// get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
// In C++, the types have to match exactly.
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
// For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
return ConvTy;
}
/// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
/// for assignment compatibility.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
QualType RHSType) {
assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
// Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
!RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
return Sema::Compatible;
}
if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
!LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
return Sema::Compatible;
}
QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
// make an exception for id<P>
!LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
return Sema::Compatible;
if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
}
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
// Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
// cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
// adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
// usually happen on valid code.
OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K);
}
/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
///
/// int a, *pint;
/// short *pshort;
/// struct foo *pfoo;
///
/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
///
/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
/// C99 spec dictates.
///
/// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
CastKind &Kind) {
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
// Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
// them.
LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
// Common case: no conversion required.
if (LHSType == RHSType) {
Kind = CK_NoOp;
return Compatible;
}
// If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
// atomic qualification step.
if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
Sema::AssignConvertType result =
CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
if (result != Compatible)
return result;
if (Kind != CK_NoOp)
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
return Compatible;
}
// If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
// (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
// e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
// just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
// right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
// LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
// type.
if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
return Compatible;
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
// to the same ExtVector type.
if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
return Incompatible;
if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
// CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
// element type.
QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType();
if (elType != RHSType) {
Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), elType, Kind);
}
Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
return Compatible;
}
}
// Conversions to or from vector type.
if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
// Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
// vector type and vice versa
if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return Compatible;
}
// If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
// vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
// no bits are changed but the result type is different.
if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions &&
(Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType))) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return IncompatibleVectors;
}
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Arithmetic conversions.
if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
return Compatible;
}
// Conversions to normal pointers.
if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
// U* -> T*
if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
}
// int -> T*
if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
return IntToPointer;
}
// C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
// with two exceptions:
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
// - conversions to void*
if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return Compatible;
}
// - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return Compatible;
}
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
// U^ -> void*
if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return Compatible;
}
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Conversions to block pointers.
if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
// U^ -> T^
if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
}
// int or null -> T^
if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
return IntToBlockPointer;
}
// id -> T^
if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
return Compatible;
}
// void* -> T^
if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
return Compatible;
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
// A* -> B*
if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kind = CK_BitCast;
Sema::AssignConvertType result =
checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
result == Compatible &&
!CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
return result;
}
// int or null -> A*
if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
return IntToPointer;
}
// In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
// with two exceptions:
if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
// - conversions from 'void*'
if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
return Compatible;
}
// - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
return Compatible;
}
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
// T^ -> A*
if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS);
Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
return Compatible;
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
// T* -> _Bool
if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
return Compatible;
}
// T* -> int
if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
return PointerToInt;
}
return Incompatible;
}
// Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
// T* -> _Bool
if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
return Compatible;
}
// T* -> int
if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
return PointerToInt;
}
return Incompatible;
}
// struct A -> struct B
if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Kind = CK_NoOp;
return Compatible;
}
}
return Incompatible;
}
/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
/// used to initialize the transparent union.
static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
FieldDecl *Field) {
// Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
// of the transparent union.
Expr *E = EResult.take();
InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
E, SourceLocation());
Initializer->setType(UnionType);
Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
// Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
// union type from this initializer list.
TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
EResult = S.Owned(
new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
VK_RValue, Initializer, false));
}
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
ExprResult &RHS) {
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
// If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
// transparent_union GCC extension.
const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
return Incompatible;
// The field to initialize within the transparent union.
RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
// It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
itend = UD->field_end();
it != itend; ++it) {
if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
// If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
// 1) void pointer
// 2) null pointer constant
if (RHSType->isPointerType())
if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
InitField = *it;
break;
}
if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(),
CK_NullToPointer);
InitField = *it;
break;
}
}
CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
== Compatible) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), Kind);
InitField = *it;
break;
}
}
if (!InitField)
return Incompatible;
ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
return Compatible;
}
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
bool Diagnose,
bool DiagnoseCFAudited) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
// C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
// expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
// cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
ExprResult Res;
if (Diagnose) {
Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
AA_Assigning);
} else {
ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
/*AllowExplicit=*/false,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
/*CStyle=*/false,
/*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
if (ICS.isFailure())
return Incompatible;
Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
ICS, AA_Assigning);
}
if (Res.isInvalid())
return Incompatible;
Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
!CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType,
RHS.get()->getType()))
result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
RHS = Res;
return result;
}
// FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
// structures.
// FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
// happen there, though.
}
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
// a null pointer constant.
if ((LHSType->isPointerType() ||
LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
LHSType->isBlockPointerType())
&& RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
return Compatible;
}
// This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
// conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
// DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
// expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
//
// Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return Incompatible;
}
CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
Sema::AssignConvertType result =
CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind);
// C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
// type of the assignment expression.
// CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
// so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
// The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
// does not have reference type.
if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
Expr *E = RHS.take();
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
DiagnoseCFAudited);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
}
return result;
}
QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
if (!IsCompAssign) {
LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
}
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
// For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
QualType LHSType =
Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType RHSType =
Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
// If the vector types are identical, return.
if (LHSType == RHSType)
return LHSType;
// Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType() &&
Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
return LHSType;
}
if (!IsCompAssign)
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
return RHSType;
}
if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions &&
Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType)) {
// If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
// vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a
// bitcast; no bits are changed but the result type is different.
// FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
return LHSType;
}
// Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
// swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
bool swapped = false;
if (RHSType->isExtVectorType() && !IsCompAssign) {
swapped = true;
std::swap(RHS, LHS);
std::swap(RHSType, LHSType);
}
// Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
if (const ExtVectorType *LV = LHSType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && RHSType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
if (order > 0)
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
if (order >= 0) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
return LHSType;
}
}
if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && RHSType->isScalarType()) {
if (RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
if (order > 0)
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_FloatingCast);
if (order >= 0) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
return LHSType;
}
}
if (RHSType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
return LHSType;
}
}
}
// Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
// expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
// integer instead of a pointer.
static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
// The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
// but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
// hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
// Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
// diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
return;
// Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
// what the other expression is.
if (!IsCompare) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
<< (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
<< (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
return;
}
// The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
// if the other expression is a pointer.
if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
return;
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
<< LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
// Check for division by zero.
llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
if (IsDiv && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
return compType;
}
QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
// Check for remainder by zero.
llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
return compType;
}
/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
: diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
<< 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
<< RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *Pointer) {
S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
: diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
<< 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
: diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
// We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
<< (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
RHS->getType())
<< RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
<< LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *Pointer) {
assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
: diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
<< 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
<< Pointer->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
///
/// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *Operand) {
assert(Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
!Operand->getType()->isDependentType());
QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
}
/// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
///
/// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
/// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
/// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
/// extension.
///
/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *Operand) {
if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
}
if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
}
if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
return true;
}
/// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
/// operands.
///
/// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
/// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
/// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
/// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
///
/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
// Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
}
bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
RHSExpr);
else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
}
if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
return false;
if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
return false;
return true;
}
/// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
/// literal.
static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
if (!StrExpr) {
StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
}
bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
if (!IsStringPlusInt)
return;
llvm::APSInt index;
if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
if (index.isNonNegative() &&
index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
index.isUnsigned()))
return;
}
SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
<< DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
// Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
} else
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
}
/// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
const DeclRefExpr *StringRefExpr =
dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
if (!StringRefExpr) {
StringRefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
}
if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
return;
const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
// Return if not a PointerType.
if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
return;
// Return if not a CharacterType.
if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
return;
ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
CharType->isIntegerType() &&
llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
<< DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
} else {
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
<< DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
}
// Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
} else {
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
}
}
/// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
<< LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
<< RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
}
QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
QualType* CompLHSTy) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
if (Opc == BO_Add) {
diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
}
// handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
// Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
// note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
bool isObjCPointer;
if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
isObjCPointer = false;
} else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
isObjCPointer = true;
} else {
std::swap(PExp, IExp);
if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
isObjCPointer = false;
} else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
isObjCPointer = true;
} else {
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
}
assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
return QualType();
if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
return QualType();
// Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
if (CompLHSTy) {
QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
}
*CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
}
return PExp->getType();
}
// C99 6.5.6
QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType* CompLHSTy) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
// Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
// Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
// Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
return QualType();
// The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
return QualType();
// Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/0,
/*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
return LHS.get()->getType();
}
// Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
= RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
}
} else {
// Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
return QualType();
}
}
if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
return QualType();
// The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
// union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
// case subtraction does not make sense.
if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
<< rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
}
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
return Context.getPointerDiffType();
}
}
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
return false;
}
static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
QualType LHSType) {
// OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
// so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
return;
llvm::APSInt Right;
// Check right/shifter operand
if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
!RHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context))
return;
if (Right.isNegative()) {
S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
return;
}
llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
return;
}
if (Opc != BO_Shl)
return;
// When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
// according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
// integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
// representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
llvm::APSInt Left;
if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
!LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
return;
llvm::APInt ResultBits =
static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
return;
llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
Result = Result.shl(Right);
// Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
// hexadecimal number.
SmallString<40> HexResult;
Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
// If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
// bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
// expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
// turned off separately if needed.
if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
<< HexResult.str() << LHSType
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return;
}
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
<< HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
<< Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
// C99 6.5.7
QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
bool IsCompAssign) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
// Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
// Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
// promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
// For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
// if this is a compound assignment.
ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
// The RHS is simpler.
RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
// C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
// C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
// hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
// Sanity-check shift operands
DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
// "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
return LHSType;
}
static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
return true;
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
}
return false;
}
/// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
Expr *RHS) {
QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
if (!LHSEnumType)
return;
const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
if (!RHSEnumType)
return;
// Ignore anonymous enums.
if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
return;
if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
return;
if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
return;
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
<< LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
<< LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
bool IsError) {
S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
: diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
/// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
/// true otherwise.
static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
// C++ [expr.rel]p2:
// [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
// conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
// a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
// them to their composite pointer type. [...]
//
// C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
// comparisons of pointers.
// C++ [expr.eq]p2:
// In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
// member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
// (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
// them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
// the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
// common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
// of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
// that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
// types.
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
(LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType;
QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
if (T.isNull()) {
diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
return true;
}
if (NonStandardCompositeType)
S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
<< LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
return false;
}
static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
bool IsError) {
S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
: diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
return true;
default:
// Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
return false;
}
}
static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
// If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
if (!Type)
return false;
// Get the LHS object's interface type.
QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
if (const ObjCObjectType *iQFaceTy =
InterfaceType->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType())
InterfaceType = iQFaceTy->getBaseType();
// If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
return false;
// Try to find the -isEqual: method.
Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
InterfaceType,
/*instance=*/true);
if (!Method) {
if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
// For 'id', just check the global pool.
Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
/*receiverId=*/true,
/*warn=*/false);
} else {
// Check protocols.
Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
/*instance=*/true);
}
}
if (!Method)
return false;
QualType T = Method->param_begin()[0]->getType();
if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
return false;
QualType R = Method->getResultType();
if (!R->isScalarType())
return false;
return true;
}
Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
default:
break;
case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
// "string literal"
return LK_String;
case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
// "array literal"
return LK_Array;
case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
// "dictionary literal"
return LK_Dictionary;
case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
return LK_Block;
case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
// "numeric literal"
return LK_Numeric;
case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
// Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
return LK_Numeric;
break;
}
default:
break;
}
return LK_Boxed;
}
}
return LK_None;
}
static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
Expr *Literal;
Expr *Other;
if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
Literal = LHS.get();
Other = RHS.get();
} else {
Literal = RHS.get();
Other = LHS.get();
}
// Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
return;
// This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
// LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
// warning flag.
Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
}
if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
<< Literal->getSourceRange();
else
S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
<< LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
SourceLocation End = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
CharSourceRange OpRange =
CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
}
}
static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
unsigned OpaqueOpc) {
// This checking requires bools.
if (!S.getLangOpts().Bool) return;
// Check that left hand side is !something.
UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
// Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
if (RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
// Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
if (SubExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
// Emit warning.
S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_comparison)
<< Loc;
// First note suggest !(x < y)
SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
FirstClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
// Second note suggests (!x) < y
SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
SecondClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
}
// Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
// an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
return DR->getDecl();
if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
return Ivar->getDecl();
}
if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
return Mem->getMemberDecl();
}
return 0;
}
// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
bool IsRelational) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;
// Handle vector comparisons separately.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, OpaqueOpc);
if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
!(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
!LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
!RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
// For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
// x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
// often indicate logic errors in the program.
//
// NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
// expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
// comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
// obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
// warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
// result.
ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
<< 0 // self-
<< (Opc == BO_EQ
|| Opc == BO_LE
|| Opc == BO_GE));
} else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
!DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
!DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
// what is it always going to eval to?
char always_evals_to;
switch(Opc) {
case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
always_evals_to = 0; // false
break;
case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
always_evals_to = 1; // true
break;
default:
// best we can say is 'a constant'
always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
break;
}
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
<< 1 // array
<< always_evals_to);
}
if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
// Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
// operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Expr *literalString = 0;
Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
!RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
literalString = LHS.get();
literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
} else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
!LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
literalString = RHS.get();
literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
}
if (literalString) {
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
<< isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
<< literalString->getSourceRange());
}
}
// C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
// The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
if (IsRelational) {
if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
return ResultTy;
} else {
// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
return ResultTy;
}
bool LHSIsNull = LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
bool RHSIsNull = RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
// All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
// when handling null pointer constants.
if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
QualType LCanPointeeTy =
LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
QualType RCanPointeeTy =
RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
return ResultTy;
if (!IsRelational &&
(LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
// Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
// This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
// In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
// conformance with the C++ standard.
if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
&& !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
if (isSFINAEContext())
return QualType();
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
}
if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
return QualType();
else
return ResultTy;
}
// C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
// Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
<< LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
} else if (!IsRelational &&
(LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
// Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
&& !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
/*isError*/false);
} else {
// Invalid
diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
}
if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
else
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
}
return ResultTy;
}
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
return ResultTy;
// Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
// comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
if (RHSIsNull &&
((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
(!IsRelational &&
(LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
? CK_NullToMemberPointer
: CK_NullToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
if (LHSIsNull &&
((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
(!IsRelational &&
(RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
? CK_NullToMemberPointer
: CK_NullToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
// Comparison of member pointers.
if (!IsRelational &&
LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
return QualType();
else
return ResultTy;
}
// Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
// to integers.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
RHS.get()->getType()))
return ResultTy;
}
// Handle block pointer types.
if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
!Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
<< LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
// Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
if (!IsRelational
&& ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
|| (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
|| (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
<< LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
: CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
else
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
: CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
return ResultTy;
}
if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (LPT || RPT) {
bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
!Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
/*isError*/false);
}
if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Expr *E = LHS.take();
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion);
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
}
else {
Expr *E = RHS.take();
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
}
return ResultTy;
}
if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
/*isError*/false);
if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
else
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
}
if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
(LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
unsigned DiagID = 0;
bool isError = false;
if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
// Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
// since users tend to want to compare addresses.
} else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
(RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
} else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
isError = true;
} else
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
if (DiagID) {
Diag(Loc, DiagID)
<< LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
if (isError)
return QualType();
}
if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
else
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
// Handle block pointers.
if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
&& LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
&& LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
// Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements.
// For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size
// and number of elements.
QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
}
/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
/// types.
QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool IsRelational) {
// Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
// Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
if (vType.isNull())
return vType;
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
// If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
// bool for C++, int for C
if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
// For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
// x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
// often indicate logic errors in the program.
if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
= dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
= dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
<< 0 // self-
<< 2 // "a constant"
);
}
// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
}
// Return a signed type for the vector.
return GetSignedVectorType(LHSType);
}
QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc) {
// Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
// one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false);
if (vType.isNull())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
}
inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHS), RHSResult = Owned(RHS);
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
IsCompAssign);
if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
return QualType();
LHS = LHSResult.take();
RHS = RHSResult.take();
if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
return compType;
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
// Check vector operands differently.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
// Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
// bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
// is a constant.
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
!LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
// Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
!Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
// If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
// that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
// happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
// Parens on the RHS are ignored.
llvm::APSInt Result;
if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) ||
(Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
<< RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
<< (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
// Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
<< (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(),
getLangOpts())),
Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
if (Opc == BO_LAnd)
// Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
SourceRange(
Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(),
0, getSourceManager(),
getLangOpts()),
RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
}
}
if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
// not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
}
LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
return Context.IntTy;
}
// The following is safe because we only use this method for
// non-overloadable operands.
// C++ [expr.log.and]p1
// C++ [expr.log.or]p1
// The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
LHS = LHSRes;
ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
RHS = RHSRes;
// C++ [expr.log.and]p2
// C++ [expr.log.or]p2
// The result is a bool.
return Context.BoolTy;
}
static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
if (!ME) return false;
if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
ObjCMessageExpr *Base =
dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
if (!Base) return false;
return Base->getMethodDecl() != 0;
}
/// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
/// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
/// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
E = E->IgnoreParens();
// Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingLocal()) return NCCK_None;
// The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
if (!var) return NCCK_None;
if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
// Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = 0;
while (DC != var->getDeclContext()) {
Prev = DC;
DC = DC->getParent();
}
// Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
if (!var->isInitCapture())
DC = Prev;
return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
}
/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
&Loc);
if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
return false;
unsigned Diag = 0;
bool NeedType = false;
switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const;
// Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
// from an enclosing function or block.
if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
else
Diag = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
break;
}
// In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
// infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
// Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
// user actually wrote 'const'.
if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
(!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
!var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
// There are two pseudo-strong cases:
// - self
ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
Diag = method->isClassMethod()
? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
: diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
// - fast enumeration variables
else
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
SourceRange Assign;
if (Loc != OrigLoc)
Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
// We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
// can do its job.
return false;
}
}
}
break;
case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
NeedType = true;
break;
case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
NeedType = true;
break;
case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
break;
case Expr::MLV_Valid:
llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
break;
case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
break;
case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
Diag = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
break;
case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
break;
}
SourceRange Assign;
if (Loc != OrigLoc)
Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
if (NeedType)
S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
else
S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
return true;
}
static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
SourceLocation Loc,
Sema &Sema) {
// C / C++ fields
MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
}
// Objective-C instance variables
ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
}
}
// C99 6.5.16.1
QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType CompoundType) {
assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
// Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
return QualType();
QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
CompoundType;
AssignConvertType ConvTy;
if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
(Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
ConvTy = Compatible;
if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
<< LHSType;
// If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
// right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
// instead of "x += 4".
if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
// Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
// And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
// unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
<< (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
<< SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
}
}
if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
// Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
// not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
// being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
// It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
// Although this code can still have problems:
// id x = self.weakProp;
// id y = self.weakProp;
// we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
// paths through the function. This should be revisited if
// -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
RHS.get()->getLocStart());
if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
} else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
}
}
} else {
// Compound assignment "x += y"
ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
}
if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
return QualType();
CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
// C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
// left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
// it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
// C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
// is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
// C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
// operand.
return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
}
// C99 6.5.17
static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation Loc) {
LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.take());
RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
// operands, but not unary promotions.
// C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
// So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
// containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.take());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
diag::err_incomplete_type);
}
return RHS.get()->getType();
}
/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
ExprValueKind &VK,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
if (Op->isTypeDependent())
return S.Context.DependentTy;
QualType ResType = Op->getType();
// Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
// versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
// checking.
if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
// Decrement of bool is not allowed.
if (!IsInc) {
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
} else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
// Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
return QualType();
} else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
// OK!
} else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
// C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
return QualType();
} else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
// On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
// Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
return QualType();
} else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
// C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
<< ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
} else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc,
IsInc, IsPrefix);
} else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
// OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
} else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
// OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
} else {
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
<< ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
// Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
return QualType();
// In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
// (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
// operand.
if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
VK = VK_LValue;
return ResType;
} else {
VK = VK_RValue;
return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
}
}
/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
/// - &(x) => x
/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
/// - &s.xx => s
/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
/// - & __real__ x -> x
static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
// If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
// the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
// irrelevant.
if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
return 0;
// Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
// FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
// promotion of register arrays earlier.
Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
}
return 0;
}
case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
case UO_Real:
case UO_Imag:
case UO_Extension:
return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
default:
return 0;
}
}
case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
// If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
// the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
default:
return 0;
}
}
namespace {
enum {
AO_Bit_Field = 0,
AO_Vector_Element = 1,
AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
AO_Register_Variable = 3,
AO_No_Error = 4
};
}
/// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
///
/// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
}
/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
<< OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
<< OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
return Context.OverloadTy;
}
if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
<< OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.take());
if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
}
if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
// Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
if (getLangOpts().C99) {
// Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
// Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
// (assuming the deref expression is valid).
return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
}
// Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
// expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
}
ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
: diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
<< op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
if (sfinae)
return QualType();
// Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
OrigOp = op = new (Context)
MaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.take(), true, 0);
} else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
} else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
// If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
// The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
// If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
<< OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
// The id-expression was parenthesized.
if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
<< OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
// The method was named without a qualifier.
} else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
<< op->getSourceRange();
else {
SmallString<32> Str;
StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
<< op->getSourceRange()
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
}
}
// Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
} else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
// C99 6.5.3.2p1
// The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
// Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
} else {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
<< op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
}
} else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
// The operand cannot be a bit-field
AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
} else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
// The operand cannot be an element of a vector
AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
} else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
// We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
// with the register storage-class specifier.
if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
// in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
// variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
}
} else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
return Context.OverloadTy;
} else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
// Okay: we can take the address of a field.
// Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
// scope qualifier for the class.
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Diag(OpLoc,
diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
<< dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
return QualType();
}
while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
}
}
} else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl))
llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
}
if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
return QualType();
}
if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
// Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
// allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
// Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
}
// If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
}
/// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (Op->isTypeDependent())
return S.Context.DependentTy;
ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
return QualType();
Op = ConvResult.take();
QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
QualType Result;
if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
Op->getSourceRange());
}
// Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
// is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
// dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
// warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes.
if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
Result = PT->getPointeeType();
else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
else {
ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
if (PR.take() != Op)
return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc);
}
if (Result.isNull()) {
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
<< OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// Dereferences are usually l-values...
VK = VK_LValue;
// ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
VK = VK_RValue;
return Result;
}
static inline BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
tok::TokenKind Kind) {
BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
}
return Opc;
}
static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
tok::TokenKind Kind) {
UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
}
return Opc;
}
/// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
/// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
/// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
return;
if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
return;
LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
return;
const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
return;
if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
return;
if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
return;
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
<< LHSDeclRef->getType()
<< LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
}
/// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
/// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
return;
const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = 0, *OtherExpr = 0;
const Expr *LHS = L.get();
const Expr *RHS = R.get();
if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
OtherExpr = RHS;
}
else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
OtherExpr = LHS;
}
// This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
// positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
// looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
// code should generally never do.
if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
// Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
// Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
// can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
// Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
Selector S = ME->getSelector();
StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
}
S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
<< ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
}
}
/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
// The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
// so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
// non-assignment operators.
// C++11 5.17p9:
// The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
// of x = {} is x = T().
InitializationKind Kind =
InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
if (Init.isInvalid())
return Init;
RHSExpr = Init.take();
}
ExprResult LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
// The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
switch (Opc) {
case BO_Assign:
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
}
if (!ResultTy.isNull())
DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
break;
case BO_PtrMemD:
case BO_PtrMemI:
ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
break;
case BO_Mul:
case BO_Div:
ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
Opc == BO_Div);
break;
case BO_Rem:
ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
break;
case BO_Add:
ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
break;
case BO_Sub:
ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
break;
case BO_Shl:
case BO_Shr:
ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
break;
case BO_LE:
case BO_LT:
case BO_GE:
case BO_GT:
ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
break;
case BO_EQ:
case BO_NE:
ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
break;
case BO_And:
checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
case BO_Xor:
case BO_Or:
ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
break;
case BO_LAnd:
case BO_LOr:
ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
break;
case BO_MulAssign:
case BO_DivAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
Opc == BO_DivAssign);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_RemAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_AddAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_SubAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_ShlAssign:
case BO_ShrAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_AndAssign:
case BO_XorAssign:
case BO_OrAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
break;
case BO_Comma:
ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
}
break;
}
if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
&Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
}
else
Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
}
else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
if (CompResultTy.isNull())
return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc,
FPFeatures.fp_contract));
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
OK_ObjCProperty) {
VK = VK_LValue;
OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
}
return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy,
CompResultTy, OpLoc,
FPFeatures.fp_contract));
}
/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
Expr *RHSExpr) {
BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
// Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator.
bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp)
return;
// Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
// Don't diagnose this.
bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
if ((isLeftComp || isLeftBitwise) && (isRightComp || isRightBitwise))
return;
SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
OpLoc)
: SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
: SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocStart());
Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
<< DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
(isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
<< BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
ParensRange);
}
/// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
/// in parentheses.
static void
EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperator *Bop) {
assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
<< Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
<< Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
Bop->getSourceRange());
}
/// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
/// in parentheses.
static void
EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperator *Bop) {
assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
<< Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
<< Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
Bop->getSourceRange());
}
/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
/// 'true'.
static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
bool Res;
return !E->isValueDependent() &&
E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
}
/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
/// 'false'.
static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
bool Res;
return !E->isValueDependent() &&
E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
}
/// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
// If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
return;
// If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
} else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
// If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
// "a || b && 1", but warn now.
if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
}
}
}
}
/// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
// If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
return;
// If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
}
}
}
/// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *OrArg) {
if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
}
}
static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
<< Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
Bop->getSourceRange());
}
}
}
static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
if (!OCE)
return;
FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
return;
OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
return;
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
<< LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
<< (Kind == OO_LessLess);
SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
<< (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
OCE->getSourceRange());
SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
}
/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
/// precedence.
static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
Expr *RHSExpr){
// Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
// Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
}
// Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
// We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
|| Opc == BO_Shr) {
StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
}
// Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
// cout << 5 == 4;
if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
tok::TokenKind Kind,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
assert((LHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
assert((RHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
// Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
/// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
// Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
// point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
// scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
// the arguments.
UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
= BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None)
S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
RHS->getType(), Functions);
// Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
// binary operation.
return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
// We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
// (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
// both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
// or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
// any placeholder types out of the way.
// Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
// Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
// Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
// We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
// though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
// code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
// that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
// instantiates to having an overloadable type.
ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take();
if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
LHSExpr = LHS.take();
}
// Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
// An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
// being assigned to.
if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
// Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take();
}
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
// overloaded op.
if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
// Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
// overloadable type.
if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
// Build a built-in binary operation.
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
}
ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
Expr *InputExpr) {
ExprResult Input = Owned(InputExpr);
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
QualType resultType;
switch (Opc) {
case UO_PreInc:
case UO_PreDec:
case UO_PostInc:
case UO_PostDec:
resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc,
Opc == UO_PreInc ||
Opc == UO_PostInc,
Opc == UO_PreInc ||
Opc == UO_PreDec);
break;
case UO_AddrOf:
resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
break;
case UO_Deref: {
Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
break;
}
case UO_Plus:
case UO_Minus:
Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
resultType = Input.get()->getType();
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
resultType->isVectorType())
break;
else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
Opc == UO_Plus &&
resultType->isPointerType())
break;
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
if (Input.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
resultType = Input.get()->getType();
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
// C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
// C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
break;
else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
// on vector float types.
QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
if (!T->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
}
break;
} else {
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
}
break;
case UO_LNot: // logical negation
// Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
resultType = Input.get()->getType();
// Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
resultType = Context.FloatTy;
}
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
if (resultType->isScalarType()) {
// C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
// operand contextually converted to bool.
Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.BoolTy,
ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
} else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
// OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
// operate on scalar float types.
if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
}
} else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
// OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
// operate on vector float types.
QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
if (!T->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
}
// Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
break;
} else {
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
}
// LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
// In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
break;
case UO_Real:
case UO_Imag:
resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
// _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
// complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
} else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.take());
}
break;
case UO_Extension:
resultType = Input.get()->getType();
VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
break;
}
if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
// except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
// by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
// that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input.take(), Opc, resultType,
VK, OK, OpLoc));
}
/// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
/// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
/// with the address-of operator.
static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
if (!DRE->getQualifier())
return false;
ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
return false;
if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
return true;
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
return Method->isInstance();
return false;
}
if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
if (!ULE->getQualifier())
return false;
for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator D = ULE->decls_begin(),
DEnd = ULE->decls_end();
D != DEnd; ++D) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*D)) {
if (Method->isInstance())
return true;
} else {
// Overload set does not contain methods.
break;
}
}
return false;
}
return false;
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
// First things first: handle placeholders so that the
// overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
// Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
// extension is always a builtin operator.
if (Opc == UO_Extension)
return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
// & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
// The builtin code knows what to do.
if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
(pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
// Anything else needs to be handled now.
ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Input = Result.take();
}
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
!(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
// Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
// point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
// scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
// the arguments.
UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
Functions);
return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
}
return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}
// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
}
/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
// Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
}
/// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
/// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
/// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
/// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
/// Cannot fail.
static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
// Should always be wrapped with one of these.
ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
if (!cleanups) return 0;
ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
return 0;
// Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
// features of the statement.
Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
return cleanups;
}
void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
}
void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
// Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
// StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
bool isFileScope
= (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
if (isFileScope)
return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
// FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
// example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
// More semantic analysis is needed.
// If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
// as the type of the stmtexpr.
QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = 0;
// If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
LastLabelStmt = Label;
LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
}
if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
// Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
// lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
// In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
// the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
// (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
// initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
// result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
// a bind.
if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
= maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
} else {
LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
Ty,
false),
SourceLocation(),
LastExpr);
}
if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
if (LastExpr.get() != 0) {
if (!LastLabelStmt)
Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.take());
else
LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.take());
StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
}
}
}
}
// FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
// expressions are not lvalues.
Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
return Owned(ResStmtExpr);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
unsigned NumComponents,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
// We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
// one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
// a struct/union/class.
if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
<< ArgTy << TypeRange);
// Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
// with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
if (!Dependent
&& RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
return ExprError();
// offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
// GCC extension, diagnose them.
// FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
// a system header!
if (NumComponents != 1)
Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
<< SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
if (OC.isBrackets) {
// Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
if(!AT)
return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
<< CurrentType);
CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
} else
CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Expr *Idx = IdxRval.take();
// The expression must be an integral expression.
// FIXME: An integral constant expression?
if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
<< Idx->getSourceRange());
// Record this array index.
Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
Exprs.push_back(Idx);
continue;
}
// Offset of a field.
if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
// We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
// type. Just record the identifier of the field.
Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
continue;
}
// We need to have a complete type to look into.
if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
return ExprError();
// Look for the designated field.
const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RC)
return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
<< CurrentType);
RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
// C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
// The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
// International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
// (clause 9).
// C++11 [support.types]p4:
// If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
// undefined.
if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
unsigned DiagID =
LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::warn_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
: diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type;
if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 0,
PDiag(DiagID)
<< SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
<< CurrentType))
DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
}
// Look for the field.
LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = 0;
if (!MemberDecl) {
if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
}
if (!MemberDecl)
return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
<< OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
OC.LocEnd));
// C99 7.17p3:
// (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
//
// We diagnose this as an error.
if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
<< MemberDecl->getDeclName()
<< SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
return ExprError();
}
RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
if (IndirectMemberDecl)
Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
// If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
// the base class indirections.
CXXBasePaths Paths;
if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
<< MemberDecl->getDeclName()
<< SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
return ExprError();
}
CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
B != BEnd; ++B)
Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
}
if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator FI =
IndirectMemberDecl->chain_begin(),
FEnd = IndirectMemberDecl->chain_end(); FI != FEnd; FI++) {
assert(isa<FieldDecl>(*FI));
Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
cast<FieldDecl>(*FI), OC.LocEnd));
}
} else
Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
}
return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc,
TInfo, Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc));
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
SourceLocation TypeLoc,
ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
unsigned NumComponents,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
if (ArgTy.isNull())
return ExprError();
if (!ArgTInfo)
ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
RParenLoc);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Expr *CondExpr,
Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
QualType resType;
bool ValueDependent = false;
bool CondIsTrue = false;
if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
resType = Context.DependentTy;
ValueDependent = true;
} else {
// The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
ExprResult CondICE
= VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
if (CondICE.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
CondExpr = CondICE.take();
CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
// If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
}
return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue,
resType->isDependentType(),
ValueDependent));
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Clang Extensions.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
ManglingContextDecl)) {
unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
}
}
PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
CurContext->addDecl(Block);
if (CurScope)
PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
else
CurContext = Block;
getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
// Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
// cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
}
void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
Scope *CurScope) {
assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
QualType T = Sig->getType();
// FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
// in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
// Drop the parameters.
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
}
// GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
// literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
// unless the function was written with a typedef.
assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
"GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
// Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
// Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
// GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
// written signature.
if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
// This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
// TypeSourceInfos.
TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getResultLoc();
unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
}
}
CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
QualType RetTy = Fn->getResultType();
bool isVariadic =
(isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
// Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
// return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
// ^ * { ... }
// If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
}
// Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
if (ExplicitSignature) {
for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getArg(I);
if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
!Param->isImplicit() &&
!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Params.push_back(Param);
}
// Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
// ^ fntype { ... }
} else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) {
ParmVarDecl *Param =
BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl,
ParamInfo.getLocStart(),
*I);
Params.push_back(Param);
}
}
// Set the parameters on the block decl.
if (!Params.empty()) {
CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
/*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
}
// Finally we can process decl attributes.
ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
// Put the parameter variables in scope.
for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
(*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
// If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
}
}
}
/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
// Leave the expression-evaluation context.
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
// Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
PopDeclContext();
PopFunctionScopeInfo();
}
/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
// If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
// Leave the expression-evaluation context.
if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
PopDeclContext();
QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
QualType BlockTy;
// Set the captured variables on the block.
// FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Captures.size(); i != e; i++) {
CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = BSI->Captures[i];
if (Cap.isThisCapture())
continue;
BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
Captures.push_back(NewCap);
}
BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures.begin(), Captures.end(),
BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
// If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
// Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
// Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
// preserve its sugar structure.
} else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy &&
(!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
// Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
} else {
const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI);
}
// If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
} else {
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
}
DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
// If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
!hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
!PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
// Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
// if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
// to deduce an implicit return type.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
!BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
computeNRVO(Body, getCurBlock());
BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
// If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
// all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
// First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
// It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
// variables needs destruction.
for (BlockDecl::capture_const_iterator
ci = Result->getBlockDecl()->capture_begin(),
ce = Result->getBlockDecl()->capture_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) {
const VarDecl *var = ci->getVariable();
if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
break;
}
}
}
return Owned(Result);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Expr *OrigExpr = E;
// Get the va_list type
QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
// Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
// va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
// a pointer for va_arg.
VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
// Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Result.take();
} else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
// check the argument using reference binding.
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
if (Init.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Init.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
// Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
// it is modified by va_arg.
if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
return ExprError();
}
if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
!Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
<< OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
}
if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
return ExprError();
if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
TInfo->getType(),
diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
return ExprError();
if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
: diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
<< TInfo->getType()
<< TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
}
// Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
// (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
QualType PromoteType;
if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
PromoteType = QualType();
}
if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
if (!PromoteType.isNull())
DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
<< TInfo->getType()
<< PromoteType
<< TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
}
QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T));
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
// The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
// pointers on the target.
QualType Ty;
unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
Ty = Context.IntTy;
else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
Ty = Context.LongTy;
else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
else {
llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
}
return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
}
static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint,
bool &IsNSString) {
if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
return;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (!PT)
return;
// Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
// Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
return;
IsNSString = true;
}
// Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
// array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
// important for making this trigger for property assignments.
SrcExpr = SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
if (OV->getSourceExpr())
SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
return;
Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
}
bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
bool *Complained) {
if (Complained)
*Complained = false;
// Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
bool isInvalid = false;
unsigned DiagKind = 0;
FixItHint Hint;
ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
bool IsNSString = false;
switch (ConvTy) {
case Compatible:
DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
return false;
case PointerToInt:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
MayHaveConvFixit = true;
break;
case IntToPointer:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
MayHaveConvFixit = true;
break;
case IncompatiblePointer:
MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint, IsNSString);
DiagKind =
(Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited ?
diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer :
diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer);
CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
}
else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
}
else if (IsNSString && !Hint.isNull())
DiagKind = diag::warn_missing_atsign_prefix;
MayHaveConvFixit = true;
break;
case IncompatiblePointerSign:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
break;
case FunctionVoidPointer:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
break;
case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
// Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
break;
} else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
break;
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
// fallthrough
}
case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
// If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
// (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
// (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
// Ideally, this check would be performed in
// checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
// bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
// expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
// of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
// C++ semantics.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
return false;
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
break;
case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
break;
case IntToBlockPointer:
DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
break;
case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
break;
case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
// FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
// it can give a more specific diagnostic.
DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
break;
case IncompatibleVectors:
DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
break;
case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
break;
case Incompatible:
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
MayHaveConvFixit = true;
isInvalid = true;
MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
break;
}
QualType FirstType, SecondType;
switch (Action) {
case AA_Assigning:
case AA_Initializing:
// The destination type comes first.
FirstType = DstType;
SecondType = SrcType;
break;
case AA_Returning:
case AA_Passing:
case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
case AA_Converting:
case AA_Sending:
case AA_Casting:
// The source type comes first.
FirstType = SrcType;
SecondType = DstType;
break;
}
PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
else
FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
// If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(),
HE = ConvHints.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI)
FDiag << *HI;
} else {
FDiag << Hint;
}
if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
Diag(Loc, FDiag);
if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
FirstType);
if (CheckInferredResultType)
EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
if (Complained)
*Complained = true;
return isInvalid;
}
ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
llvm::APSInt *Result) {
class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
public:
virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
}
} Diagnoser;
return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
}
ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
llvm::APSInt *Result,
unsigned DiagID,
bool AllowFold) {
class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
unsigned DiagID;
public:
IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
: VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) {
S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
}
} Diagnoser(DiagID);
return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
}
void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
SourceRange SR) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
}
ExprResult
Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
bool AllowFold) {
SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
// C++11 [expr.const]p5:
// If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
// integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
// have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
// unscoped enumeration type
ExprResult Converted;
class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
public:
CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
: ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
Silent, true) {}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T) {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
}
} ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
ConvertDiagnoser);
if (Converted.isInvalid())
return Converted;
E = Converted.take();
if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
return ExprError();
} else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
// An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
return ExprError();
}
// Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
// in the non-ICE case.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
if (Result)
*Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
return Owned(E);
}
Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
// Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
// not a constant expression as a side-effect.
bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
// In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
// which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
// this is a constant expression.
if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
if (Result)
*Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
return Owned(E);
}
// If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
// the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
// redundant note.
if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
Notes.clear();
}
if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
}
return ExprError();
}
Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
if (Result)
*Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
return Owned(E);
}
namespace {
// Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
// considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
public:
TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
// Make sure we redo semantic analysis
bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
// Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
// FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
// fix to TreeTransform?
StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
S->getDecl()->setStmt(0);
return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
}
// We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
// are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
// doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
// FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
// case?
//
// Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
!SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
<< E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
}
// Exception: filter out member pointer formation
ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
return E;
return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
}
ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
// Lambdas never need to be transformed.
return E;
}
};
}
ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
"Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
if (isUnevaluatedContext())
return E;
return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
}
void
Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
bool IsDecltype) {
ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext,
ExprCleanupObjects.size(),
ExprNeedsCleanups,
LambdaContextDecl,
IsDecltype));
ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
}
void
Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
bool IsDecltype) {
Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
}
void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
unsigned D;
if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
// C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
// A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
// (Clause 5).
D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
} else {
// C++1y [expr.const]p2:
// A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
// evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
// evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
}
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I)
Diag(Rec.Lambdas[I]->getLocStart(), D);
} else {
// Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
// during lambda expression creation.
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I) {
LambdaExpr *Lambda = Rec.Lambdas[I];
for (LambdaExpr::capture_init_iterator
C = Lambda->capture_init_begin(),
CEnd = Lambda->capture_init_end();
C != CEnd; ++C) {
MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(*C);
}
}
}
}
// When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
// temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
// the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
// will never be constructed.
if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
ExprCleanupObjects.end());
ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
CleanupVarDeclMarking();
std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
// Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
} else {
ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
}
// Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
}
void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
ExprCleanupObjects.end());
ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
}
ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
return E;
return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
}
static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
// Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
// an instantiation.
if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
return false;
switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
case Sema::Unevaluated:
case Sema::UnevaluatedAbstract:
// We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
// (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do
// something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's
// definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.)
return false;
case Sema::ConstantEvaluated:
case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
// We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression
// in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly
// define class members, and mark most declarations as used.
return true;
case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
// Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
// containing expression is used.
return false;
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
}
/// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func) {
assert(Func && "No function?");
Func->setReferenced();
// C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
// A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
// odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
// set of overloaded functions [...].
//
// We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
// can just check that here. Skip the rest of this function if we've already
// marked the function as used.
if (Func->isUsed(false) || !IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this)) {
// C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
// Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
// instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
// specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
// referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
//
// We consider constexpr function templates to be referenced in a context
// that requires a definition to exist whenever they are referenced.
//
// FIXME: This instantiates constexpr functions too frequently. If this is
// really an unevaluated context (and we're not just in the definition of a
// function template or overload resolution or other cases which we
// incorrectly consider to be unevaluated contexts), and we're not in a
// subexpression which we actually need to evaluate (for instance, a
// template argument, array bound or an expression in a braced-init-list),
// we are not permitted to instantiate this constexpr function definition.
//
// FIXME: This also implicitly defines special members too frequently. They
// are only supposed to be implicitly defined if they are odr-used, but they
// are not odr-used from constant expressions in unevaluated contexts.
// However, they cannot be referenced if they are deleted, and they are
// deleted whenever the implicit definition of the special member would
// fail.
if (!Func->isConstexpr() || Func->getBody())
return;
CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
if (!Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() && (!MD || MD->isUserProvided()))
return;
}
// Note that this declaration has been used.
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
if (Constructor->isTrivial())
return;
if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
} else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
} else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
}
} else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
}
MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
} else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted() &&
!Destructor->isUsed(false))
DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
if (Destructor->isVirtual())
MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
} else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted() &&
MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false)) {
if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
else
DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
}
} else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl);
if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
else
DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
} else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
}
// Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
// FIXME: Is this really right?
if (CurContext == Func) return;
// Resolve the exception specification for any function which is
// used: CodeGen will need it.
const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
// Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
// class templates.
if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
= Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
AlreadyInstantiated = true;
PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
}
} else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
= Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
AlreadyInstantiated = true;
PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
}
}
if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size())
PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
else if (Func->isConstexpr())
// Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
// expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
// call to such a function.
InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
else {
PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
PointOfInstantiation));
// Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
}
}
} else {
// Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator i(Func->redecls_begin()),
e(Func->redecls_end()); i != e; ++i) {
if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, *i);
}
}
// Keep track of used but undefined functions.
if (!Func->isDefined()) {
if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
(LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
!Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
}
// Normally the most current decl is marked used while processing the use and
// any subsequent decls are marked used by decl merging. This fails with
// template instantiation since marking can happen at the end of the file
// and, because of the two phase lookup, this function is called with at
// decl in the middle of a decl chain. We loop to maintain the invariant
// that once a decl is used, all decls after it are also used.
for (FunctionDecl *F = Func->getMostRecentDecl();; F = F->getPreviousDecl()) {
F->markUsed(Context);
if (F == Func)
break;
}
}
static void
diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
// If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
// we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
// the next.
if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
return;
// For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
// right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
// function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
//
// For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
// diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
// for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
return;
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda)
<< var->getIdentifier();
} else if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
<< var->getIdentifier() << fn->getDeclName();
} else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block)
<< var->getIdentifier();
} else {
// FIXME: Is there any other context where a local variable can be
// declared?
S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context)
<< var->getIdentifier();
}
S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
<< var->getIdentifier();
// FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
// capture.
}
static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
QualType &CaptureType,
QualType &DeclRefType) {
// Check whether we've already captured it.
if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
// If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
SubCapturesAreNested = true;
// Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
// Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
!(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable))
DeclRefType.addConst();
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
// capture; other scopes don't work.
static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
SourceLocation Loc,
const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
else {
if (Diagnose)
diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
}
return 0;
}
// Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
// certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
// so check for eligibility.
static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
SourceLocation Loc,
const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
// Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
// (e.g. anonymous unions).
// FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
// assuming that's the intent.
if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
if (Diagnose) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
}
return false;
}
// Prohibit variably-modified types; they're difficult to deal with.
if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
if (Diagnose) {
if (IsBlock)
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
else
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_vm_type) << Var->getDeclName();
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
// Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
// We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
if (Diagnose) {
if (IsBlock)
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
else
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
<< Var->getDeclName();
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
}
const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
// Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
// variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
if (Diagnose) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
<< Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
SourceLocation Loc,
const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
QualType &CaptureType,
QualType &DeclRefType,
const bool Nested,
Sema &S) {
Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
bool ByRef = false;
// Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
// Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
<< /*block*/ 0;
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType()) {
// Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
// declaration reference types.
ByRef = true;
} else {
// Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
DeclRefType = CaptureType;
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
// The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
// Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
// their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
// an exception because it's technically only the call site that
// actually requires the destructor.
if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
// Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
// full-expression.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, S.PotentiallyEvaluated);
// According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
// the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
// of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
DeclRefType.withConst(),
VK_LValue, Loc);
ExprResult Result
= S.PerformCopyInitialization(
InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
CaptureType, false),
Loc, S.Owned(DeclRef));
// Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
// succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
// errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
!cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
->isTrivial()) {
Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
CopyExpr = Result.take();
}
}
}
}
// Actually capture the variable.
if (BuildAndDiagnose)
BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
return true;
}
/// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
VarDecl *Var,
SourceLocation Loc,
const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
QualType &CaptureType,
QualType &DeclRefType,
const bool RefersToEnclosingLocal,
Sema &S) {
// By default, capture variables by reference.
bool ByRef = true;
// Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
// The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
// by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression evaluation
// will be needed.
//
RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
FieldDecl *Field
= FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, 0, CaptureType,
S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setImplicit(true);
Field->setAccess(AS_private);
RD->addDecl(Field);
CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToEnclosingLocal,
DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
Var->setReferenced(true);
Var->markUsed(S.Context);
}
// Actually capture the variable.
if (BuildAndDiagnose)
RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToEnclosingLocal, Loc,
SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
return true;
}
/// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
/// being captured. Handle Array captures.
static ExprResult addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S,
LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
VarDecl *Var, QualType FieldType,
QualType DeclRefType,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool RefersToEnclosingLocal) {
CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
// Build the non-static data member.
FieldDecl *Field
= FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, 0, FieldType,
S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
Field->setImplicit(true);
Field->setAccess(AS_private);
Lambda->addDecl(Field);
// C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p21:
// When the lambda-expression is evaluated, the entities that
// are captured by copy are used to direct-initialize each
// corresponding non-static data member of the resulting closure
// object. (For array members, the array elements are
// direct-initialized in increasing subscript order.) These
// initializations are performed in the (unspecified) order in
// which the non-static data members are declared.
// Introduce a new evaluation context for the initialization, so
// that temporaries introduced as part of the capture are retained
// to be re-"exported" from the lambda expression itself.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
// C++ [expr.prim.labda]p12:
// An entity captured by a lambda-expression is odr-used (3.2) in
// the scope containing the lambda-expression.
Expr *Ref = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToEnclosingLocal,
DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
Var->setReferenced(true);
Var->markUsed(S.Context);
// When the field has array type, create index variables for each
// dimension of the array. We use these index variables to subscript
// the source array, and other clients (e.g., CodeGen) will perform
// the necessary iteration with these index variables.
SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> IndexVariables;
QualType BaseType = FieldType;
QualType SizeType = S.Context.getSizeType();
LSI->ArrayIndexStarts.push_back(LSI->ArrayIndexVars.size());
while (const ConstantArrayType *Array
= S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseType)) {
// Create the iteration variable for this array index.
IdentifierInfo *IterationVarName = 0;
{
SmallString<8> Str;
llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
OS << "__i" << IndexVariables.size();
IterationVarName = &S.Context.Idents.get(OS.str());
}
VarDecl *IterationVar
= VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc,
IterationVarName, SizeType,
S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SizeType, Loc),
SC_None);
IndexVariables.push_back(IterationVar);
LSI->ArrayIndexVars.push_back(IterationVar);
// Create a reference to the iteration variable.
ExprResult IterationVarRef
= S.BuildDeclRefExpr(IterationVar, SizeType, VK_LValue, Loc);
assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
"Reference to invented variable cannot fail!");
IterationVarRef = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(IterationVarRef.take());
assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
"Conversion of invented variable cannot fail!");
// Subscript the array with this iteration variable.
ExprResult Subscript = S.CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(
Ref, Loc, IterationVarRef.take(), Loc);
if (Subscript.isInvalid()) {
S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
return ExprError();
}
Ref = Subscript.take();
BaseType = Array->getElementType();
}
// Construct the entity that we will be initializing. For an array, this
// will be first element in the array, which may require several levels
// of array-subscript entities.
SmallVector<InitializedEntity, 4> Entities;
Entities.reserve(1 + IndexVariables.size());
Entities.push_back(
InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(Var, Field, Loc));
for (unsigned I = 0, N = IndexVariables.size(); I != N; ++I)
Entities.push_back(InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(S.Context,
0,
Entities.back()));
InitializationKind InitKind
= InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
InitializationSequence Init(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
ExprResult Result(true);
if (!Init.Diagnose(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref))
Result = Init.Perform(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
// If this initialization requires any cleanups (e.g., due to a
// default argument to a copy constructor), note that for the
// lambda.
if (S.ExprNeedsCleanups)
LSI->ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
// Exit the expression evaluation context used for the capture.
S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
return Result;
}
/// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
VarDecl *Var,
SourceLocation Loc,
const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
QualType &CaptureType,
QualType &DeclRefType,
const bool RefersToEnclosingLocal,
const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
const bool IsTopScope,
Sema &S) {
// Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
bool ByRef = false;
if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
} else {
ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
}
// Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
if (ByRef) {
// C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
// An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
// explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
// unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
// members are declared in the closure type for entities
// captured by reference.
//
// FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
// to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
// to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
// clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
// easily defensible position.
CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
} else {
// C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
// For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
// data member is declared in the closure type. The
// declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
// of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
// captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
// object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
// captured entity is a reference to a function, the
// corresponding data member is also a reference to a
// function. - end note ]
if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
}
// Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
}
return false;
}
if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
return false;
}
// Capture this variable in the lambda.
Expr *CopyExpr = 0;
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
ExprResult Result = addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, Var,
CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
RefersToEnclosingLocal);
if (!Result.isInvalid())
CopyExpr = Result.take();
}
// Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
if (ByRef)
DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
else {
// C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
// The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
// function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
// declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression’s
// parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
DeclRefType.addConst();
}
// Add the capture.
if (BuildAndDiagnose)
LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToEnclosingLocal,
Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, CopyExpr);
return true;
}
bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc,
TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
bool BuildAndDiagnose,
QualType &CaptureType,
QualType &DeclRefType,
const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
bool Nested = false;
DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
// We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
// FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
--FSIndex;
}
}
// If the variable is declared in the current context (and is not an
// init-capture), there is no need to capture it.
if (!Var->isInitCapture() && Var->getDeclContext() == DC) return true;
if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) return true;
// Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
// performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
// we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
// capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
// (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
// (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
// declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
// the variable.
CaptureType = Var->getType();
DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
do {
// Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
// capture; other scopes don't work.
DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
ExprLoc,
BuildAndDiagnose,
*this);
if (!ParentDC) return true;
FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
// Check whether we've already captured it.
if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
DeclRefType))
break;
// If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
// we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
// during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
// should be used.
if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
} else
diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
}
return true;
}
// Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
// certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
// so check for eligibility.
if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
return true;
if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
// No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
// so cannot capture this variable.
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< Var->getDeclName();
Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
diag::note_lambda_decl);
// FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
// capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
// should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
// it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
// so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
// can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
// explicitly. Suggestion:
// - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
// at the function head
// - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
// - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
}
return true;
}
FunctionScopesIndex--;
DC = ParentDC;
Explicit = false;
} while (!Var->getDeclContext()->Equals(DC));
// Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
// computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
// requirements, and adding captures if requested.
// If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
// at the lambda nested within that one.
for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
++I) {
CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
return true;
Nested = true;
} else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
return true;
Nested = true;
} else {
LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
/*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
return true;
Nested = true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
QualType CaptureType;
QualType DeclRefType;
return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
/*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, 0);
}
QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
QualType CaptureType;
QualType DeclRefType;
// Determine whether we can capture this variable.
if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
/*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, 0))
return QualType();
return DeclRefType;
}
// If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
// return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
// expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
// might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
ASTContext &Context) {
if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
return false;
const VarDecl *DefVD = 0;
Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
if (!DefVD)
return false;
EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
if (Init->isValueDependent())
return false;
return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
}
void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
// Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
// an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
// constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
// is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
// conversion part.
MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
// If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
// to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
// a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
// variable.
if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
VarDecl *Var = 0;
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
}
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
if (!Res.isUsable())
return Res;
// If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
// deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
// lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
// (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
return Res;
}
void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
for (llvm::SmallPtrSetIterator<Expr*> i = MaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
e = MaybeODRUseExprs.end();
i != e; ++i) {
VarDecl *Var;
SourceLocation Loc;
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(*i)) {
Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Loc = DRE->getLocation();
} else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(*i)) {
Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
} else {
llvm_unreachable("Unexpcted expression");
}
MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this, /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ 0);
}
MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
}
static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
Var->setReferenced();
// If the context is not PotentiallyEvaluated and not Unevaluated
// (i.e PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed) do not bother to consider variables
// in this context for odr-use unless we are within a lambda.
// If we don't know whether the context is potentially evaluated or not
// (for e.g., if we're in a generic lambda), we want to add a potential
// capture and eventually analyze for odr-use.
// We should also be able to analyze certain constructs in a non-generic
// lambda setting for potential odr-use and capture violation:
// template<class T> void foo(T t) {
// auto L = [](int i) { return t; };
// }
//
if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef)) {
if (SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) return;
const bool refersToEnclosingScope =
(SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
if (!refersToEnclosingScope) return;
if (LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = SemaRef.getCurLambda()) {
// If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
// until we finish analyzing the full expression for any lvalue-to-rvalue
// or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
// Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
// later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
// unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
// expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
const bool IsConstantExpr = IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(
Var, SemaRef.Context);
assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
if (!IsConstantExpr || !Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
}
return;
}
VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
"Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
// Implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
// templates of class templates, and variable template specializations.
// Delay instantiations of variable templates, except for those
// that could be used in a constant expression.
TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
if (isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
// This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
} else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
// Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
// its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
TryInstantiating = false;
}
if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
if (TryInstantiating) {
SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
bool InstantiationDependent = false;
bool IsNonDependent =
VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
: true;
// Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
if (IsNonDependent) {
if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
// Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
// constant expression.
SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
} else {
SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
}
}
}
}
// Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
// the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
// it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
// is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
// Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
// Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
// C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
// part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
if (E && IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
// A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
// odr-used, so simply ignore it.
// But a non-reference might get odr-used if it doesn't undergo
// an lvalue-to-rvalue or is discarded, so track it.
if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
}
else
MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef, /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/0);
}
/// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
/// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, 0);
}
static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
Decl *D, Expr *E, bool OdrUse) {
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
return;
}
SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, OdrUse);
// If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
// derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
if (!ME)
return;
CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
if (!MD)
return;
const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
return;
CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
if (!DM || DM->isPure())
return;
SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, OdrUse);
}
/// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
// TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
// C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
// if it's a qualified reference.
bool OdrUse = true;
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
if (Method->isVirtual())
OdrUse = false;
MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
}
/// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
// C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
// A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
// expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
// overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
// expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
// name is not explicitly qualified.
bool OdrUse = true;
if (!E->hasQualifier()) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
if (Method->isPure())
OdrUse = false;
}
SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, OdrUse);
}
/// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
/// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for functions
/// and variables. This method should not be used when building an normal
/// expression which refers to a variable.
void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse) {
if (OdrUse) {
if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
return;
}
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD);
return;
}
}
D->setReferenced();
}
namespace {
// Mark all of the declarations referenced
// FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
// of when we're entering
class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
Sema &S;
SourceLocation Loc;
public:
typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
};
}
bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
}
return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
}
bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
= dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
}
return true;
}
void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
}
namespace {
/// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
Sema &S;
bool SkipLocalVariables;
public:
typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
: Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
// If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
if (SkipLocalVariables) {
if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
return;
}
S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
}
void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
}
void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
Visit(E->getSubExpr());
}
void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
if (E->getOperatorNew())
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
if (E->getOperatorDelete())
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
}
void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
if (E->getOperatorDelete())
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
S.LookupDestructor(Record));
}
Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
}
void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
}
void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
Visit(E->getExpr());
}
void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
}
};
}
/// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
///
/// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
/// 'referenced'.
void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
bool SkipLocalVariables) {
EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
}
/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
/// of the program being compiled.
///
/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
/// later.
///
/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
case Unevaluated:
case UnevaluatedAbstract:
// The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
break;
case ConstantEvaluated:
// Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
break;
case PotentiallyEvaluated:
case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
}
else
Diag(Loc, PD);
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
return false;
// If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
// type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
return false;
}
class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
FunctionDecl *FD;
CallExpr *CE;
public:
CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
: FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
if (!FD) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
<< T << CE->getSourceRange();
return;
}
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
<< CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
S.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
<< FD->getDeclName();
}
} Diagnoser(FD, CE);
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
return true;
return false;
}
// Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
SourceLocation Loc;
unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
bool IsOrAssign = false;
if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
return;
IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
// Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
= dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
// self = [<foo> init...]
if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
// <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
}
Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
} else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
return;
IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
} else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
else {
// Not an assignment.
return;
}
Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
if (IsOrAssign)
Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
else
Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
}
/// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
/// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
// Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
return;
// Don't warn for dependent expressions.
if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
return;
Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
== Expr::MLV_Valid) {
SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
}
}
ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E = result.take();
if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4
ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
if (ERes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = ERes.take();
QualType T = E->getType();
if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
<< T << E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
}
return Owned(E);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *SubExpr) {
if (!SubExpr)
return ExprError();
return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc);
}
namespace {
/// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
/// to have an appropriate type.
struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
: StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
Sema &S;
RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
}
ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
<< E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
/// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
/// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
return E;
}
ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
}
ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
}
ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
return E;
}
ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
E->setType(VD->getType());
assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
!(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
return E;
}
ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
}
ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
}
};
}
/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
/// to have a function type.
static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.take());
}
namespace {
/// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
/// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
/// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
/// structure is not a goal.
struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
: StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
Sema &S;
/// The current destination type.
QualType DestType;
RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
: S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
}
ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
<< E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
/// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
/// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
return E;
}
ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
}
ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
}
ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (!Ptr) {
S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
<< E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
E->setType(DestType);
// Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E->setSubExpr(SubResult.take());
return E;
}
ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
}
ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
}
};
}
/// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
enum FnKind {
FK_MemberFunction,
FK_FunctionPointer,
FK_BlockPointer
};
FnKind Kind;
QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
} else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
} else {
CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
}
const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
// Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
<< DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
return ExprError();
}
// Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
// Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
if (Proto) {
// __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
// it has no idea what a function's signature is.
//
// We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
// unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
// would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
// simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
// portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
// the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
// However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
// call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
// "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
// Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
// regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
// types to match the types of the arguments.
//
// This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
// corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getArgTypes();
SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
if (E->isLValue()) {
ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
} else if (E->isXValue()) {
ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
}
ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
}
ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
}
DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
} else {
DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
FnType->getExtInfo());
}
// Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
switch (Kind) {
case FK_MemberFunction:
// Nothing to do.
break;
case FK_FunctionPointer:
DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
break;
case FK_BlockPointer:
DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
break;
}
// Finally, we can recurse.
ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
E->setCallee(CalleeResult.take());
// Bind a temporary if necessary.
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
}
ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
// Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
<< DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
return ExprError();
}
// Rewrite the method result type if available.
if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
assert(Method->getResultType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
Method->setResultType(DestType);
}
// Change the type of the message.
E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
}
ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
// The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
E->setType(DestType);
// Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
E->setSubExpr(Result.take());
return S.Owned(E);
} else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
E->setType(DestType);
// The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
E->setSubExpr(Result.take());
return S.Owned(E);
} else {
llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
}
}
ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
QualType Type = DestType;
// We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
// - functions
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.take(), Type,
CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
}
if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
<< VD << E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
if (MD->isInstance()) {
ValueKind = VK_RValue;
Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
}
// Function references aren't l-values in C.
if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
ValueKind = VK_RValue;
// - variables
} else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
<< VD << E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
// - nothing else
} else {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
<< VD << E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
// Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
// also really dangerous.
VD->setType(DestType);
E->setType(Type);
E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
return S.Owned(E);
}
/// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
/// trigger this for C-style casts.
ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
// Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
CastExpr = result.take();
VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
CastKind = CK_NoOp;
return CastExpr;
}
ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
}
ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
Expr *arg, QualType &paramType) {
// If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
// any sort, just do default argument promotion.
ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
if (!castArg) {
ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
paramType = result.get()->getType();
return result;
}
// Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
// Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
InitializedEntity entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
/*consumed*/ false);
return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, Owned(arg));
}
static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
Expr *orig = E;
unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
while (true) {
E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
E = call->getCallee();
diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
} else {
break;
}
}
SourceLocation loc;
NamedDecl *d;
if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
loc = ref->getLocation();
d = ref->getDecl();
} else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
d = mem->getMemberDecl();
} else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
d = msg->getMethodDecl();
if (!d) {
S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
<< static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
<< orig->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
} else {
S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
<< E->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
// Never recoverable.
return ExprError();
}
/// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
/// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
if (!placeholderType) return Owned(E);
switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
// Overloaded expressions.
case BuiltinType::Overload: {
// Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
// This is obligatory.
ExprResult result = Owned(E);
if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) {
return result;
// If that failed, try to recover with a call.
} else {
tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
/*complain*/ true);
return result;
}
}
// Bound member functions.
case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
ExprResult result = Owned(E);
tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function),
/*complain*/ true);
return result;
}
// ARC unbridged casts.
case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
return Owned(realCast);
}
// Expressions of unknown type.
case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
// Pseudo-objects.
case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
return ExprError();
// Everything else should be impossible.
#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \
case BuiltinType::Id:
#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
break;
}
llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
}
bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
if (E->isTypeDependent())
return true;
if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
return false;
}
/// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
"Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
}
}
if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes,
BoolT, OpLoc));
}
Reference in a new issue View git blame Copy permalink